Wiring Diagram

A INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections: No. Section
INDEX

Description
Index of the contents of this manual.

A
INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.

B

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL TROUBLE– SHOOTING

Instructions on how to use this manual.

C

Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

D

ABBREVIATIONS

Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

E

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS RELAY LOCATIONS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

F

Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads. Index of the system circuits. Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, “How to sue this manual”). The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section.

G

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) INDEX

H

I

SYSTEM CIRCUITS

J

GROUND POINTS

Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual.

K

OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

2

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by dividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junction block. Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from ,to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual.

3

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

4

B

A : System Title B : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Example: 1 Indicates Relay Block No. 1. C : Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) Explanation of pin use.

J : Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. B BR G GR = Black = Brown = Green = Gray L = Black LG = Light Green O = Orange P = Pink R = Red V = Violet W = White Y = Yellow

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. Example: L–Y
(blue) (yellow)

K : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for the Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for the Body). The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only include those in the specification. D : Connector Color Connectors not indicated are milky white in color: E : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different. F : Indicates related system. G : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( v ). v The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the shaded section. L : Page No. M : Indicates a shielded cable. Example:

N : Indicates a ground point. The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and wiring harness connector(s) indicates thecomponent’s location, e.g, “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area. When more than one code has the first and second letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1, IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness and wiring harness connector. H : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The code is the same as the code used in parts position. I : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for further clarification). Example:
3B indicates that it is inside Junction Block No. 3.

The first letter of the code for each ground point(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g. “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area. O : Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. lower right lower left

P : When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the parts connector name used in the wire routing section is shown in square brackets [ ].

5

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Q
SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE. 1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW Ô TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY Ô TERMINAL 1 Ô TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR Ô TERMINAL 1 Ô TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY Ô TERMINAL 3 Ô TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL POINT. (FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOW ARE CHANGED). 2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW

ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOW TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SWÔ TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY Ô TERMINAL 4 Ô TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR Ô TERMINAL 2 Ô TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY Ô TERMINAL 3 Ô TO GROUND. THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW. THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY. 3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW

HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2 FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW STOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW. THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION. 4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION

R

HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) Ô TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL Ô 2 OF THE MOTOR Ô TERMINAL 1 Ô TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW Ô TERMINAL 7 Ô TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW Ô TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE. SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION. (FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED). SERVICE HINTS

P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT UP POSITION 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION 9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION WINDOW LOCK SW OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

S
: PARTS LOCATION CODE P2 P3 SEE PAGE 21 21 CODE P4 P5 SEE PAGE 21 21 CODE P6 SEE PAGE 21

T
: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1 SEE PAGE 16 RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)

U
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 38 SEE PAGE 14 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)

V
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE ID1 IH1 SEE PAGE 26 26 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

W
: GROUND POINTS CODE IC SEE PAGE 24 GROUND POINT LOCATION COWL LEFT

X
: SPLICE POINTS CODE I5 SEE PAGE 24 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

6

B
Q : Explains the system outline. R : Indicates values or explain the function for reference during troubleshooting. S : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit. Example: Part “P 4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual. * The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts starting with the letter. Example: P 4 Part is 4th in order Power Window Master SW T : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit. Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 on this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument panel. U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit. Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side. V : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness). Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel. W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle. Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side. X : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle. Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.

HINTS:
Junction connector (code: J1 to J19) in this manual include a short terminal which is connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always perform inspection with the short terminal installed. (When installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to any position within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the same position in the short terminal may be connected to a wire harness from a different part.) Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have the same color.

7

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.

H POWER SOURCE (CURRENT FLOW CHART)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts. The next page and following pages shown the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

POWER SOURCE

8

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

B
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( EA , IB and IC shown below) can also be checked this way.

J

GROUND POINT

9
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

C TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is check point. A – Ignition SW on B – Ignition SW and SW 1 on C – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW2 off) (b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a ground point or negative battery terminal, and a positive lead to the connector or component terminal. This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter. Example:

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK
(a) (b) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage between the check points. Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check point.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check again. When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be continuity. When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no continuity.

(c)

Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

10

C
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a) (b) (c) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse. Connect a test light in place of the fuse. Establish conditions in which the test light comes on. A – Ignition SW on B – Ignition SW and SW 1 on C – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2) (d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the test light. The short lies between the connector where the test light stays lit and the connector where the light goes out. Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the problem wire along the body.

Example:

(e)

CAUTION:
(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.) (b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wire harness. HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting before pulling apart.

11

C TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL (with terminal retainer or secondary locking device)
1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please construct and use the special tool or like object shown on the left. 2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR 3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR TERMINAL RETAINER (a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from the connector. (b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondary locking device or terminal retainer.

NOTICE: Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
A For Non–Waterproof Type Connector HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it. “Case 1” Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position.

“Case 2” Open the secondary locking device.

12

C

B For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: Terminal retainer color is different according to connector body. Example: Terminal Retainer Black or White Black or White Gray or White :Connector Body: :Gray :Dark Gray :Black

“Case 1” Type where terminal retainer is pulled up to the temporary lock position (Pull Type). Insert the special tool into the terminal retainer access hole (sMark) and pull the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position. HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it.

“Case 2” Type which cannot be pulled as far as Power Lock insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminal retainer as shown.

13

C TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position.

(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the
terminal out from rear.

4.

INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR (a) Insert the terminal. HINT: 1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly. 2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly. 3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock position.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer into the full lock position. 5. CONNECT CONNECTOR

14

ABBREVIATIONS D ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
ABS A/C ACIS A/T CD COMB. ECU EGR ESA EVAP FL J/B LH O/D R/B RH SFI SRS SW TEMP. TRAC VSV w/ w/o = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Anti–Lock Brake System Air Conditioning Acoustic Control Induction System Automatic Transaxle Compact Disc Combination Electronic Control Unit Exhaust Gas Recirculation Electronic Spark Advance Evaporative Emission Fusible Link Junction Block Left–Hand Overdrive Relay Block Right–Hand Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection Supplemental Restraint System Switch Temperature Traction Control Vacuum Switching Valve With Without

*

The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being abbreviations.

15

E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
BATTERY Stores chemical energy and converts it into electrical energy. Provides DC current for the auto’s various electrical circuits. CAPACITOR (Condenser) A small holding unit for temporary storage of electrical voltage. CIGARETTE LIGHTER An electric resistance heating element. CIRCUIT BREAKER Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit breaker will heat and open if too much current flows through it. Some units automatically reset when cool, others must be manually reset. DIODE A semiconductor which allows current flow in only one direction. DIODE, ZENER A diode which allows current flow in one direction but blocks reverse flow only up to a specific voltage. Above that potential, it passes the excess voltage. This acts as a simple voltage regulator. PHOTODIODE The photodiode is a semiconductor which controls the current flow according to the amount of light. DISTRIBUTOR, IIA Channels high–voltage current from the ignition coil to the individual spark plugs. FUSE A thin metal strip which burns through when too much current flows through it, thereby stop– ping current flow and protecting a circuit from damage. FUSIBLE LINK (for Medium Current Fuse) A heavy–gauge wire placed in high amperage circuits which burns through on overloads, thereby protecting the circuit. (for High Current Fuse or The numbers indicate the cross– Fusible Link.) section surface area of the wires. GROUND The point at which wiring attaches to the Body, thereby providing a return path for an electrical circuit; without a ground, current cannot flow. HEADLIGHTS
1.

Current flow causes a headlight

filament to heat up and emit light. SINGLE FILAMENT A headlight may have either a
DOUBLE FILAMENT

2.

single (1) filament or a double (2) filament.

HORN An electric device which sounds a loud audible signal.

IGNITION COIL Convert low–voltage DC current into high–voltage ingition current for firing the spark plugs.

LIGHT Current flow through a filament causes the filament to heat up and emit light.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) Upon current flow, these diodes emit light without producing the heat of a comparable light. METER, ANALOG Current flow activates a magnetic coil which causes a needle to move, thereby providing a relative display against a background calibration. METER, DIGITAL Current flow activates one or many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluoresent displays, which provide a relative or digital display. MOTOR A power unit which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy, especially rotary motion.

FUEL

M

16

E
Basically, an electrically NORMALLY operated switch which may be normally closed CLOSED (1) or open (2). Current flow through a small coil creates a magnetic NORMALLY field which either opens OPEN or closes an attached switch. RELAY SPEAKER An electromechanical device which creates sound waves from current flow.

1.

2.

SWITCH, MANUAL
1. NORMALLY OPEN

RELAY, DOUBLE THROW A relay which passes current through one set of contacts or the other. RESISTOR An electrical component with a fixed resistance, placed in a circuit to reduce voltage to a specific value. RESISTOR, TAPPED A resistor which supplies two or more different non adjustable resistance values. RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT A controllable resistor with a variable rate of resistance. Also called a potentiometer or rheostat. SENSOR (Thermistor) A resistor which varies its resistance with temperature.

2.

NORMALLY CLOSED

Open and closes circuits, thereby stopping (1) or allowing (2) current flow.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW A switch which continuously passes cureent through one set of contacts or the other.

SWITCH, IGNITION A key operated switch with several positions which allows various circuits, particularly the primary ignition circuit, to become operational.

SWITCH, WIPER PARK Automatically returns wipers to the stop position when the wiper switch is turned off. TRANSISTOR A solid state device typically used as an electronic relay; stops or passes current depending on the voltage applied at “base.” WIRES Wires are always drawn as straight lines on wiring diagrams. Crossed wires (1) without a black dot at the junction are not joined; crossed wires (2) and a black dot or octagonal ( ) mark at the juction as spliced (joined) connections.

SENSOR, SPEED Uses magnetic impulses to open and close a switch to create a signal for activation of other components.

SHORT PIN Used to provide an unbroken connection within a juction block.

(1) NOT CONNECTED

SOLENOID An electromagnetic coil which forms a magnetic field when current flows, to move a plunger, etc.

(2) SPLICED

17

+

F RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Compartment]

[Instrument Panel]

18

F (Body)

[Seat]

19

F RELAY LOCATIONS
,,, ,,,: Engine Room J/B ,,,
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

20

F (Engine Room J/B Inner Circuit)

21

F RELAY LOCATIONS
1

: Engine Room R/B

Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18) (Inside Engine Room J/B)

Fusible F sible Link Block

Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18) (Inside Engine Room J/B)

22

F
2

: Engine Room No. 2 R/B Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

(Canada)

3

: Engine Room No.3 R/B Radiator Upper Support RH (See Page 18)

23

F RELAY LOCATIONS
,,, ,,,: Instrument Panel J/B Lower Finish Panel (See Page 18) ,,,

24

F (Instrument Panel J/B Inner Circuit)

25

2

6

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

A A A A

1 2 3 4

A 5 A 6 A 7 A 8 A 9 A 10 A 11 A 12 B C C C D D E E E E E E 1 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6

Ambient Temp. Sensor A/C Condenser Fan Motor A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) ABS Actuator ABS Actuator ABS and Traction Actuator ABS and Traction Actuator ABS Speed Sensor Front LH ABS Speed Sensor Front RH Absorber Control Acuator Front LH Absorber Control Acuator Front RH Brake Fluid Level Warning SW Camshaft Position Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Cruise Control Actuator Data Link Connector 1 Diode (A/C) EGR Gas Temp. Sensor EGR Valve Position Sensor Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor Engine Hood Courtesy SW Engine Oil Level Warning SW

F 1 F 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F 6 F 7 F 8 F 9 F 10 F 11 G G H H H H H H H H 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Front Fog Light LH Front Fog Light RH Front Turn Signal and Front Parking Light LH Front Turn Signal and Front Parking Light RH Front Wiper Motor Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Generator Generator Headlight LH (HI) Headlight LH (LO) Headlight RH (HI) Headlight RH (LO) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1) Horn LH Horn RH

26

G
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 K 1 K 2 M 1 N 1 O 1 P P R 1 2 1

Idle Air Control Valve Igniter Ignition Coil No. 1 Ignition Coil No. 2 Ignition Coil No. 3 Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 5 Injector No. 6 Knock Sensor 1 Knock Sensor 2 Mass Air Flow Meter Noise Filter (Ignition) Oil Pressure SW Park/Neutral Position SW,A/T Indicator Light SW and Back–Up Light SW Power Steering Oil Pressure SW Radiator Fan Motor

S S T T V V V V V V V W W W W W W

1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6

Starter Starter Theft Deterrent Horn Throttle Position Sensor Vapor Pressure Sensor Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter) Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically Controlled Transmission) VSV (EGR) VSV (EVAP) VSV (Intake Air Control) VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor) Water Level Warning SW Washer Motor Water Temp. Sender Water Temp. SW No.1 Water Temp. SW No.2 Wireless Door Lock Buzzer

27

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B B

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 2 3

A/C Blower Motor Linear Controller A/C Control Assembly A/C Control Assembly A/C Room Temp. Sensor A/C Solar Sensor A/C Thermistor ABS and Traction ECU ABS and Traction ECU ABS and Traction ECU ABS ECU ABS ECU Absorber Control ECU Absorber Control SW Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Air Mix Control Servo Motor Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Airbag Sensor Assembly Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) Automatic Light Control Sensor Blower Motor Blower Resistor CD Automatic Changer Cigarette Lighter Clock Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination Meter

C C C C D D D D

11 12 13 14 3 4 5 6

Combination SW Combination SW Combination SW Cruise Control ECU Data Link Connector 2 Data Link Connector 3 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) Diode (Courtesy) Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Front Fog Light Relay Fuel Lid and Luggage Compartment Door Opener SW Generator Box Light Generator Box Light SW Hazard SW Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) Ignition Key Cylinder Light Ignition SW Integration Relay Integration Relay

E 7 E 8 E 9 E 10 F 12 F 13 G G 3 4

26

C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 C 8 C 9 C 10

H 9 H 10 I I I I 12 13 14 15

G
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector

K L O P P R R R R

3 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 5

Key Interlock Solenoid Luggage Compartment Door Opener Main SW O/D Main SW and A/T Shift Lever Illumination Parking Brake SW Power Outlet Radio and Player Radio and Player Remote Control Morror SW Rheostat Seat Heater SW (Driver’s Seat) Seat Heater SW (Front Passenger’s Seat) Shift Lock Control ECU Steering Sensor Stereo Component Amplifier Stereo Component Amplifier Stereo Component Amplifier Stop Light SW Theft Deterrent ECU Theft Deterrent ECU TRAC OFF SW Turn Signal Flasher Relay Unlock Warning SW (Ignition Key) Wireless Door Lock Buzzer Volume SW Wireless Door Lock ECU

S 3 S 4 S 5 S 6 S 7 S 8 S 9 S 10 T T T T U 3 4 5 6 1

W 7 W 8

27

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body

A A A A

33 34 35 36

ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH Absorber Control Actuator Rear LH Absorber Control Actuator Rear RH Cellular Phone (Hand Set) Cellular Phone (Hand Set) Choke Coil Door Courtesy Light Front LH Door Courtesy Light Front RH Door Courtesy SW Front LH Door Courtesy SW Front RH Door Courtesy SW Rear LH Door Courtesy SW Rear RH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH Door Lock Control SW Front RH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear RH

C 15 C 16 C 17 D D D D D D D D D D 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

F F F F F F

14 15 16 17 18 19

Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Front Tweeter Speaker LH Front Tweeter Speaker RH Fuel Lid Opener Motor Fuel Pump and Fuel Sender High Mounted Stop Light Interior Light Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector License Plate Light LH License Plate Light RH Light Failure Sensor Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW Luggage Compartment Light Luggage Compartment Light SW and Luggage Compartment Door Opener Motor

H 11 I 16 J 36 J 37 J 38 L L L L L L 2 3 4 5 6 7

D 17 D 18 D 19

26

G
Position of Parts in Body

M 2 M 3

P P P P P P P P P P R R R R

5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 6 7 8 9

Moon Roof Control SW and Moon Roof Control Relay R 10 Moon Roof Moon and Limit SW R 11 R 12 R 13 Personal Light R 14 Personal Light R 15 Power Window Control SW Front RH R 16 Power Window Control SW Rear LH R 17 Power Window Control SW Rear RH Power Window Master SW and T 7 Door Lock Control SW Front LH T 8 Power Window Motor Front LH Power Window Motor Front RH V 8 Power Window Motor Rear LH V 9 Power Window Motor Rear RH W 9 Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Combination Light RH

Rear Door Speaker LH Rear Door Speaker RH Rear Side Marker Light LH Rear Side Marker Light RH Rear Turn Signal Light LH Rear Turn Signal Light RH Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LH Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RH Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay Vanity Light LH Vanity Light RH Woofer Speaker

27

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Seat

B 4 P 14 P 15 P 16 P 17 P 18 P 19 P 20 P 21 P 22 P 23 P 24 P 25

Buckle SW

P 26 27 28 29 11 12 13 14 15

Power Seat Control SW P (Driver’s Seat Lumber Support Control) Power Seat Control SW P (Driver’s Seat ) Power Seat Control SW P (Front Passenger’s Seat)) Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Front Vertical Control) S Power Seat Motor S S (Driver’s Seat Lumber Support Control) Power Seat Motor S (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control) S Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control) Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control) Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Front Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Reclining Control) Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)

Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s Seat Front Vertical Control) Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control) Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control) Power Seat Position Sensor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control) Seat Heater (Driver’s Seat) Seat Heater (Front Passenger’s Seat) Seat Memory SW Seat Position Control ECU Seat Position Control ECU

26

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

28

G

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEADLIGHT LH) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (LEFT BANK OF THE CYLINDER HEAD)

EA1 EB1 EB2 EC1

29

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

30

G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

ID1 ID2 IE1 IE2 IF1 IF2 IF3 IG1 IG2 IH1

FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE ( (LEFT KICK PANEL) )

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)

31

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

32

G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO.3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

II1 IJ1 IK1 IK2 IK3 IL1 IM1 IM2 IM3 IN1 IO1 IO2 IP1

EWNGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE ( (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE ( (RIGHT KICK PANEL) ) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

33

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

34

G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

BQ1 BR1

35

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Point

36

G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

CODE

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT) NO 1 FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

BS1 BS2 BT1

37

POWER SOURCE
GR 60A ABS B–G 3 1 2 R–L ABS SOL RELAY 6 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 W–L W–B W–R GR–R GR–L 3 4 3 3 B–R ABS MOTOR RELAY 1 4 L–B 1 1 2 1 L–R W–B L–W 1 3 HTR RELAY B–G B–R 30A CDS 2 1 2 5 1 L–B 2 2B 4 1 E2 3 5 1 30A RDI 2 ENGINE MAIN RELAY B–R B–R L–B 5 2C C F E , F11 4 2F W–B 1 D 1 F 2 F 1 E B ,F8 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 5A TEL 15A EFI 10A HAZARD 20A RADIO NO. 1 10A HORN 30A AM2 B–G SHORT PIN 1 2 4 2L 10A ECU–B W–B W–B W–B R–G (* 1) R–B 2 HEAD RELAY 1 2 3 2G (USA) R–B (* 1) R (* 1) W–R W–B F6 1 A 1 C 1 B B–R F9 D , F10 A , F7 100A ALT 50A HTR B FL MAIN 3. 0W 1 2A 5A ALT–S 7. 5A DOME 7 2C 40A MAIN B 3 2B 1 4 BATTERY 3 4 2G 15A HEAD (RH) 15A HEAD (LH) EC GR–R

3 3

3

3 3 3

56

* 1 : CANADA

B–R

4 1B 15A FOG 25A DOOR 15A STOP 7. 5A ODB

TAILLIGHT RELAY 5 3

10A TAIL 7. 5A PANEL

1

2

30A POWER 1 2

POWER RELAY 5 3

B–R

I1

1 NOISE FILTER 1 2

2

1 40A DEF 1 2 DEFOGGER RELAY 5 3

2

7 1J

W–B

NOISE FILTER 10A MIRROR–HEATER

B–R

1 1B 2 1K

1 1 2

2

12 1J

Y–G

W

40A AM1 15A CIG 7. 5A RAD–NO. 2

ACC 3 L–R 2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y

6 1K 1 1K

15A POWER–OUTLET 20A SEAT–HEATER 15A ECU–IG 10A HEATER

7 AM2

IG2 6 B–R ST2 8 R

10A GAUGE 20A WIPER 7. 5A TURN 3 1K 4 1K 5 1K 5 1B 5A IGN 5A STARTER

I13 IGNITION SW

W–R

W–R

R–L 5A DRL NO. 2 2 R–B 1 2 2 W–R W–R

R–G (*1) R–B (*1) R–G 2 1 DRL NO. 2 RELAY 3 2 4 R (*1) 2 2 2 R R–L

10A H–LP RH (LWR) 2 1 2 2 R–G

10A H–LP LH (LWR) 1 2 W–B A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II 2 R

57

POWER SOURCE
SERVICE HINTS TAILIGHT RELAY
5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

HEAD RELAY(USA)
1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

HEAD RELAY(CANADA)
1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION CLOSED WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF) I13 IGNITION SW 2–3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION 2–4 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST. POSITION 7–6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION 7–8 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ST POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE F6 F7 F8 A B C 26 26 26 SEE PAGE CODE F9 F10 F11 D E F 26 26 26 SEE PAGE CODE I13 J15 28 29 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 2 3 22 23 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO.2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO.3 R/B (RADIATION UPPER SUPPORT RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1J 1K 2A 2B 2C 2F 2G 2L SEE PAGE 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

20

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

20

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATION SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

EC II

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34
F6 A

E2

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE
F7 B F8 C

CODE

SEE PAGE 38
F9 D

I1

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE
F10 E

1

1

1

1

1

F11

F

I13

J15

A 1 2 X X 2 6 3 7 4 8 A A A

A A

58

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

MEMO

59

STARTING AND IGNITION

ACC AM1 IG1 R B–R B–R

4 1K 7 AM2 IG2 6 ST2 8 W–R R 5A STARTER I13 IGNITION SW 5 1K 3 1J

5 1B B–W 11 IK2 4 2L 2 5 30A AM2 1 1 2A 3 2B 40A MAIN ST RELAY 3 5 2D 2 9 2K 11 2J 1 B J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B–W B B–W B–W 5 W–B B B P N 6 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK GR F6 A , F8 C B–R 1 IG2 P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW W–B GR 10 IK2 W–B C B J8 9 FL MAIN 3. 0W B–R 1 A 1 B GR T3 THEFT DETERRENT ECU M BATTERY S1 A ,S2 B STARTER SRLY B A B A 8 IK2 GR A , J9 B GR B–G

1 C

1 A

W–R

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

60

B–R

B–W

BR 2 1

GR NSW 14 I5 IGNITION COIL NO. 3 A A 12 4 2 2 1 8 1C 12 IK3 IGF IGC3 IGF W–R L B–R B–R B–R 3 1K STA N1 NOISE FILTER (IGNITION) B–R 13 15 5 LG–B I4 IGNITION COIL NO. 2 A 2 1 1 Y B–R 6 16 BR–Y I3 IGNITION COIL NO. 1 A 10 2 1 G B–R 24 7 IGC1 IGT1 IGT1 GR IGT3 E10 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IGC2 I2 IGNITER IGT3 IGT2 J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IGT2 A 9 B–R +B 3 BR GND A

EE

61

STARTING AND INGNITION
SERVICE HINTS
I13 IGNITION SW 7–8 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION 7–6 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION S 1 A , S 2 B STARTER POINTS CLOSED WITH THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW IN P OR N POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW 5–6 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE E10 F6 F8 I2 I3 I4 A C 28 26 26 27 27 27 J8 J9 J22 J26 SEE PAGE CODE I5 I13 A B 27 28 29 29 29 29 S1 S2 T3 SEE PAGE CODE N1 P1 A B 27 27 27 27 29 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1C 1J 1K 2A 2B 2D 2J 2K 2L 20 COWL WIRE AND ENIGNE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IG2 IK2 IK3

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 GROUND POINTS LOCATION REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK

EE

62

E10

F6 A

F8 C

I2

BLACK

1 X 12 X X X X X X 13 14 X 24 X 1 5 16

1

1 X X

2

3

4

5

6

7

X

9

10

I3

BLACK

I4

BLACK

I5

BLACK

I13

J 8 A GRAY

1

2

1

2

1

2

X B X 6 7 8 B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J 9 B GRAY

J22

ORANGE

J26

N1

GRAY

A A C C C

A A

A A A A A

A A

A A B B

B B 1 2

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P1 GRAY S1 A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

S 2 B BLACK

T3

ORANGE

1 X 5 6 1 X 9

63

CHARGING

* 1 : USA * 2 : CANADA

B–G

ACC W 2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y

ST2 3 1K W–R W I13 IGNITION SW 10A GAUGE 8 1T B–R 2 1J 2 B TO DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) R–L 4 IM2 (* 2) (* 2) Y Y B JUNCTION CONNECTOR J18 A , J19 R–L 10 A Y 4 IG2 B–R B A B (* 1) Y B A B B 1 A B–G 1 C (* 2) Y 6 EB2 R–L W Y B–G 1 A B 1 B L 2 B IG IC REGULATOR 5A IGN 1 1K

2 1K 2 40A AM1

5 1K

5 1B

W–R

1 1 1B

B–G

B–R

5A ALT–S

30A AM2

E2 B–R

F

D , F11

1 2A 1 D 1 F 2 F

C ,F9

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

100A ALT

A ,F8

F6

B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

BATTERY

G1

A ,G2

B

GENERATOR

64

C7

A ,C8

4 2L

3 2C

3 B S

CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

W

B

B–Y

7 AM2

IG2 6

B–R

SERVICE HINTS
G 2 B GENERATOR B 3–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25SC (77SF) 13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115SC (239SF) B 2–GROUND : 0–4 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C7 C8 F6 F8 A B A C 28 28 26 26 SEE PAGE CODE F9 F11 G1 G2 D F A B 26 26 26 26 J18 J19 SEE PAGE CODE I13 A B 28 29 29 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1J 1K 1T 2A 2C 2L 24 20 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B ( (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE EB2 IG2 IN2 34 36 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 34
C7

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE
A BLUE

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

C8

B

F6

A

1 X X X 10 X X X 2 X

F8

C

F9

D

F11

F

G1

A

G2

B BLACK

1

1

1 1 1 2 2 3

I13

J18

A BLACK

J19

B BLACK

B X X 2 6 7 4

B

B

B

65
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM UTILIZES AN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, TRANSMISSION AND SO ON. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS EXPLAINED HERE. 1. INPUT SIGNALS ( 1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. ( 2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. ( 3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST GASES IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINALS OXL1, OXR1 AND OXS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (HTL, HTR AND HTS). ( 4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM CAMSHAFT POSITION AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION ARE DETECTED BY THE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. THE CAMSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G22+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE RPM IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NE+. ( 5) THROTTLE SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. ( 6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE TRANSMISSION, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. ( 7) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL, PARKING OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ( 8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY INPUTS THE A/C OPERATIONS INTO TERMINAL A/C OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. ( 9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, VOLTAGE FOR THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VIA THE EFI RELAY. (10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW METER AND A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VG OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (11) NSW SIGNAL CIRCUIT TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR 1 AND 2, THEN THE SIGNALS ARE INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNKR AND KNKL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.

66

2. CONTROL SYSTEM S SFI (SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM THE SFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS, WHICH ARE INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO (12)). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION VOLUME IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SFI SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. S ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS, WHICH ARE INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 3, 4, 12). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2 AND IGT3. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. S HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 4, 9, 10), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS HTL, HTR AND HTS, CONTROLLING THE HEATER. S IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM THE IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLE STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 4, 5, 8, 9), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS RSO AND RSC TO CONTROL IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE. S EGR CONTROL SYSTEM THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 4, 9, 10), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE VSV (EGR). THE EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR IS MOUNTED ON THE EGR VALVE. THIS SENSOR CONVERTS THE EGR VALVE OPENING HEIGHT INTO A VOLTAGE AND SENDS IT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS THE EGR VALVE POSITION SIGNAL. S ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM) ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED AND CLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FOR INCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES THE ENGINE SPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL ACIS TO CONTROL THE VSV (INTAKE AIR CONTROL). 3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. 4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEMS, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.

67

ENGINE CONTROL
R

B–R

B–R W–R 7 AM2 IG2 6 ST2 8 B–R R 1 3 1K 5 1K I13 IGNITION SW 5A IGN 2 5 1B W–R 1 G–R 8 1C B–R 1 L–B 3 7 1W CIR OPN RELAY 5 B–R

B–R

1

1

4 2L

5 EB2 G–R 30A AM2 12 IK3 B–R

4 EB2 L–B 7 ID1 F19 FUEL PUMP 5 W–B L–B 4 M

J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 2A B A B–R A B–R A B–R A B–R A B–R A B–R

3 IK2 A G–R

A B–R

A B–R

A B–R

A B–R I11 INJECTOR NO. 6 2 1 G

1 C C FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

A , F8

I6 INJECTOR NO. 1

I7 INJECTOR NO. 2

I8 INJECTOR NO. 3

I9 INJECTOR NO. 4

1 A B–G

1

1

1

1

I10 INJECTOR NO. 5

2

2

2

2

2

F6

1

R–L

W

R

Y

L

G–R FL MAIN 3. 0W G R–L W Y R BATTERY L B–R B–R B–R B–R A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BN

68

R FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) B–R 4 1K B–Y

B–Y B–Y B–Y

B–R 7 2K 1 5

15A EFI

J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B B B B–W P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW 5 P N 6

5A STARTER

EFI RELAY 2 3

9

IK3 FROM FAN NO. 1 RELAY 3 1J B–W

B–Y

B–W

11 IK2

5 2C W–B

4 2F W–B

10 2C B–R

2 2J B–Y

8 2J

B–W

10 IK2

B–Y

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B A

B A B–Y

G–W

B

A , J29

C B J8 A , J9 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 IK2 B–Y G–W B A 8 IK2 GR B–W D 14 D NSW TRC– 27 A L B–R B–R B–R B–R B–Y

B B

B B

J28

B–Y

B–Y GR

E7 23 A +B 14 A BATT 9 B CF 13 D STA

A ,E8

B ,E9

C , E10

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

FC 18 C G–R G R–L W Y R L B–R B–R B–R B–R W–B

# 60 5 D G

#50 6 D R–L

#40 7 D W

# 30 8 D Y

#20 9 D R

#10 10 D L

NEO 19 A BR–W

EFI+ 26 A W

EFI– 25 A B

TRC+ 28 A G

FROM TRACTION CONTROL ECU

EC

GR

GR

69

ENGINE CONTROL
B–Y B–Y A B–Y FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) A A A A B–Y A J23 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

10A TAIL

10A MIRROR– HEATER

15A STOP B–Y B–Y B–Y B–Y 1 V5 VSV (EVAP) THA 21 C 2 2 B EVP1 LG E2G 7 B 1 2 R–B 3 BR L–Y

9 1C

11 1J

7 1C V7 VSV (VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR) W 2

V6 VSV (INTAKE AIR CONTROL)

G–O

S10 STOP LIGHT SW

1

1 V4 VSV (EGR) 2

1

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

A A

2

2

A , J19

1 B–Y G–W J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C B

J18

4 1R A G–O

W–R

G–W

A G–W

5 1R

3 A ELS

2 A ELS2

24 A STP

6 B ACIS

8 B TPC

12 B EGR

E7

A ,E8

B ,E9

C , E10

D IGT1 24 D G Y BR–Y LG–B W–R GR L P 5 4 B–Y IGT2 16 D IGT3 15 D IGF 12 D VG 8 C

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

I3 IGNITION COIL NO. 1

I4 IGNITION COIL NO. 2

I5 IGNITION COIL NO. 3

2

2

2

2 IGC3

1 IGC2

10 IGC1

7 IGT1

6 IGT2

5 IGT3

4 IGF

+B 9 1 I2 IGNITER

GND 3

B–R B–R B–R B–R B–Y

1

1

B–R

70

BR

EE

Y–G

R–Y

M1 MASS AIR FLOW METER

B–Y

BR I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE A 1 2 R–W B–Y RSO 23 D E2 22 C BR VTA1 RSC 3 22 D 7 C L Y–B VC 1 C J23 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y H10 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) 1 2 P–B +B HT (SHIELDED) 3 4 OXS E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 18 A B E1 OX BR THG 1 2 14 B BR G–Y 2 IK1 BR B–Y HTS 17 A I5 E7 E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR BR G–B THW 20 C HTR A ,E8 1 2 1 11 B L–B HT (SHIELDED) 3 4 13 C W BR E1 OX +B A H5 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) B–Y 2 OXR1 B ,E9 V1 VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR 3 Y VCC PTNK C , E10 13 B 2 PTNK L–R D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BR I5 1 BR E2 HTL 10 B A 1 Y–R (SHIELDED) 3 4 19 C B BR E1 OX H6 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 2 SENSOR 1) B–Y 2 +B HT A E2 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR OXL1 2 BR 15 B 3 W–G EGLS BR I5 B–Y 1 Y 12 B–Y +B 8 5 B L–W TC TE1 3 BR E1 31 D B–L PS D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (SHIELDED) BR BR BR BR BR BR

2

BR

I5

E2

3

VTA

1

Y

VC

T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

BR

I5

BR

P2 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SW

Y

I5

I6

Y

1

71

ENGINE CONTROL

BR

BR

BR BR (SHIELDED)

BR BR

I5 BR

BR

(SHIELDED)

A BR BR A A BR

BR BR

BR BR BR C2 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 1 2 C1 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2 1 BR BR

A A A A A A A J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

(SHIELDED)

BR I6

B–W

B–R

BR

BR

L

BR

BR

I6 W L

BR

(SHIELDED)

W G–R V–W 3 B W 12 A SPD

5 C NE+

6 C NE–

17 C G22+

16 B E1

1 D ADJ2

8 A SIL

E7

A ,E8

B ,E9

C , E10

D

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

KNKL 14 C

KNKR 15 C

THWO ACT 9 A BR 5 A

A/C 16 A

TACH 13 A

E01 34 D

E02 33 D

E03 28 D

I6 (SHIELDED) B–O (SHIELDED) B–O

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

W

W

F A LG–B B–Y V

F A B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BR

BR

A , J29

BR

4 EC1

2 EC1

1 EC1

3 EC1 D B D B B–O

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

W

W

14 B K2 KNOCK SENSOR 2 1 K1 KNOCK SENSOR 1 1 TW2

10 B ACT

13 B AC1

16 A IGN TO ABSORBER CONTROL ECU B–O

A14

A , A15

B

B–O

J28

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

ED

72

BR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

BR

7. 5A OBD

10A GAUGE

(SHIELDED) 10 1J BR 6 IK3 BR I11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR BR D A J28 A , J29 B D R–L 3 IJ1 C7 16 BAT R–L V–W A , C9 C , C10 D 3 D 10 C COMBINATION METER D4 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 5 SG V–W MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP 13 A R–L B–O 5 D G–R SPEEDOMETER TACHOMETER 9 C L JUNCTION CONNECTOR B F B R–L 1 1J 2 1D R–L D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B B

A , J9 (SHIELDED) J8

B

C A

SIL 7

CG 4

W G–R V–W C C J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR V–W W–B

2

IK2

4 D P

13 D

A B J8 A , J9 B A J25 6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A W–B A P 2 SE L IJ1 10 IJ1 7 IL1 2 IL1

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G–R

B–O

3 V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER) SI

8 1J

7 1J

R–L

3 W–B

IK1 G–R

IG+ 1

B–O A

BR

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II IJ

EE

R–L

BR

73

ENGINE CONTROL
SERVICE HINTS CIR OPN RELAY
1 5– 1 3 : CLOSED WITH THE STARTER RUNNING

EFI RELAY
5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION E 4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR 1–2 : 10.0 –20.0 KΩ (–20_C, –4_F) 4.0 –07.0 KΩ (000_C, 32_F) 2.0 –03.0 KΩ (020_C, 68_F) 0.9 –01.3 KΩ (–40_C, 104_F) 0.4 –00.7 KΩ (–60_C, 140_F) 0.2 –00.4 KΩ (–80_C, 176_F) E7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE WIRING CONNECTOR BATT–E1 : ALWAYS 9.0–14.0 VOLTS +B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW TO ON POSITION) VC–E2 : ALWAYS 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) VTA1–E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) 3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) VG–E2G : 1.1–1.5 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW OFF) THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20_C, 68_F) THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND COOLANT TEMP. 80_C, 176_F) IGF–E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) G22+–NE : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NE+–NE : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) SIL–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (DURING TRANSMISSION) TACH–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) STA–E1 : 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE (ENGINE CRANKING) THG–E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) EGR–EO1: 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) FC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) 0–3.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING) SPD–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (IGNITION SW ON AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLY) W–E1 : BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) A/C–E1 : BELOW 2.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW ON) 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF) ACT–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW ON) BELOW 2.0 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF) ACIS–EO1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) NSW–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND OTHER SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION) 0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION) EVP–E01 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) TC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED) 0–1.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED) CF–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (COOLING FAN IS OPERATING ON HIGH SPEED) : 0–2.0 VOLTS (COOLING FAN IS OPERATING ON LOW SPEED OR OFF) TPC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND DISCONNECT THE VACUUM HOSE FROM THE VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR) PTNK–E1 : 3.0–3.6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) 1.3–2.1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND APPLY VACUUM 2.0 KPA) RSC,RSO–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) KNKL,KNKR–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) HTS, HTL, HTR–E03 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) 0–3.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING) OXS, OXL1, OXR1–E1 : PULSE GENERATION (MAINTAIN ENGINE SPEED AT 2500 RPM FOR TWO MINUTES AFTER WARMING UP) IGT1, IGT2, IGT3–E1:PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60–EO1:9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) :PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 , I10, I 11 INJECTOR 2–1 : APPROX. 13.8 Ω T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2–1 : 3.75 KΩ

74

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 A15 C1 C2 C7 C9 C10 D1 D4 E1 E2 E4 E7 E8 E9 E10 F6 F8 F19 H5 H6 A B C D A C A C D A B 28 28 26 26 28 28 28 26 28 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 26 26 30 26 26 J18 J19 J22 J8 J9 J15 J17 A B SEE PAGE CODE H10 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I13 J4 A B 28 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 J28 J29 J37 K1 K2 M1 P1 P2 S10 T2 V1 V2 V4 V5 V6 V7 SEE PAGE CODE J23 J24 J25 J26 J27 A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 27 27 27 27 27 29 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 22 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1C 1D 1J 1K 1R 1W 2A 2C 2F 2J 2K 2L 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE EB2 EC1 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (LEFT BANK OF THE CYLINDER HEAD)

75

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE ID1 IJ1 IK1 IK2 IK3 IL1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE ( (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ) 36 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

76

ENGINE CONTROL
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EC ED EE II IJ BN 34 34 34 36 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE CODE SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE

I5 I6

I11

A14 A

A15 B

C1

BLACK

C2

BLACK

X 16 X X 10 X X 13 14 X

1 2

1 2

C 7 A BLUE

C 9 C GRAY

C10 D BROWN

X

X X

X X 13

X

9 10

3 4 5

13

D1

BLACK

D4

E1

DARK GRAY

1 2 X X 3 X 8 X 12 X X X X X X X X X X X 16 X X X X X X X X 7 X 5 4 X X X

E2

BLACK

E4

DARK GRAY

E7 A

E8 B

E9 C

1 2 1 2 3 9 14

2 3 X 5

8 12 13

X 2 3 X 5 6 7

1 7 8

X

5 6 X X

16 17 18 19 X X 25 26 27 28

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

X 13 14 15 X 17 18 19 20 21 22

X 23 24

E10 D

F6 A

F8 C

F19

H5

DARK GRAY

1 1 X 12 X 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16

1 1 3 4 5 2 4

X X X X 22 23 24 X X 28 X X 31 X 33 34

77

H6

DARK GRAY

H10

DARK GRAY

I1

GRAY

I2

BLACK

1 3

2 4

1 3

2 1 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 9 10 2 3

I3

BLACK

I4

BLACK

I5

BLACK

I6

GRAY

I7

GRAY

I8

GRAY

1

2

1

2

1

2 1 2 1 2 1 2

I9

GRAY

I10

GRAY

I11

GRAY

I13

J4

BLACK

1

2

1

2

1

2

D

D

D

X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
X 6 7 8

J8

A GRAY

J9

B GRAY

J15

J17

BLUE

A A B A B A B A C A C A C A B A B A B A C A C A C A A A

A A

C C

C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J18 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 B BLACK J22 ORANGE

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J23

A A A A C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A

A A A A A

A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J24

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J25 J26 J27

A A

A A A A A

A A

A A A A A X X X B B B X B

A

A

A

A

A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J28 A J29 B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J37 K1

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

DARK GRAY

K2

DARK GRAY

A B D D X B X F F D D B X B X F F A A A

A A

1

1

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

78

ENGINE CONTROL

M1

BLACK

P1

GRAY

P2

BLACK

S10

BLUE

1

2

3

4

5

X 5 6

1 1 2

T2

BLACK

V1

GRAY

V2

BLACK

V4

BROWN

V5

BLUE

1 2 3

1

2

3

1

2

3 1 2 1 2

V6

BROWN

V7

BLUE

1

2

1

2

79

HEADLIGHT (USA)

C8

B

C9

C GRAY

C11

X

X

7

15

3

X

5 X X 13 X X X 7 8

16

F6

A

F8 C

H1

BLACK

H2

BLACK

H3

BLACK

H4

BLACK

1

1 1 2 2

X 3 1 2 2

X 3

I15

B

J8

GRAY

J10

A

J11

B

J15

A A A A A A A D D X X X X F F A A A

A A

3

4

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16 ORANGE J18 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 B BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J20 A BLACK

A A

A A

A A A A A

A A

A A D D D E E E A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J21 B BLACK J31 A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J32 B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C

C

A X

A X

C X

C X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

80

HEADLIGHT (USA)

2 4 40A MAIN 1 HEAD RELAY 3 8 2K 2 3 2G 4 2G 6 2G 5 2G 2 2G 8 2C 5 2J 15A HEAD (LH) 15A HEAD (RH)

1 3 2B

R–W

E B B J18 A , J19 B

2

1

1

H4 HEADLIGHT RH (LO)

H2 HEADLIGHT LH (LO)

H3 HEADLIGHT RH (HI)

H1 HEADLIGHT LH (HI)

R–W 2 R–W R–W JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–W C B A , J21 B A A J20 3 IG1 3 W–B

R–B

R

JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A R–B D A

3

R 2

R–B

2

W–B

R–B

INTEGRATION RELAY

1 C C A ,F8

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

3 B B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C A

C A

A , J32

R–B

B

A B

A B R–B 4 IG1

1 A

I15

4 B

R–Y

R–B

13 LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF TAIL HEAD LOW

8

7

J31

F6

R–B

J10

A , J11

B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A D A R–W F B R–W 7 B HEAD 15 B W–B IG W–B J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 1J W–B W–B W–B A A HIGH 5 C R–B J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II EC EA

B–G

DIMMER SW

R–B

HIGH FLASH 16 W–B C11 COMBINATION SW

COMBINATION METER

C

A J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

8 1J

BATTERY

A

C8

B ,C9

3 C

81

SERVICE HINTS HEAD RELAY
1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
PLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 115)

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C8 C9 C11 F6 F8 H1 H2 A C B C 28 28 28 26 26 26 26 J10 J11 J15 I15 J8 A B SEE PAGE CODE H3 H4 B 26 26 28 29 29 29 29 J18 J19 J20 J21 J31 J32 SEE PAGE CODE J16 A B A B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1J 2B 2C 2G 2J 2K

20

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( )

20

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

IG1

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 34 36 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

EA EC IG II

82

HEADLIGHT(CANADA)
R–G R R–B

7 2C

2

1 DRL NO. 2 RELAY 2 HEAD RELAY 1 4 15A HEAD (LH) 4 2 3 2B 3 2G 8 2K R–Y R–L R–L R R R 2 2 3 2 4 2G 5 2G 2 2G 15A HEAD (RH)

40A MAIN

2 1

3

R–B

R–B R–B R–Y

2 B 2 1 1 10A H–LP LH (LWR) 2 1 C C 2 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 10A H–LP RH (LWR) 2 2 R–L W–R 1 5A DRL NO. 2 2 2 W–R 1 2 R–B H1 HEADLIGHT LH (HI)

F6

A ,F8

1 A

R–G

R

W–B

W–B

B–G

2

H4 HEADLIGHT RH (LO)

H2 HEADLIGHT LH (LO)

2 2 W–B 3 2

2

FL MAIN 3. 0W

3

3

4 2

1 2

DRL NO. 4 RELAY

W–B

BATTERY

R–B

W–B W–B

2 W–B W–B

H3 HEADLIGHT RH (HI)

1 R–W

EC

EA

83

R R–B

R R–B

R–B

E B

E B J18 A , J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B

W–B

D A

D A

4 IG1 R–Y R–B R–B

C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

I15 B INTEGRATION RELAY

5

3 B R–B 4 B 13 R–Y 8 16 W–B

3 R–W

D

W–R D R–W

J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–Y

LIGHT CONTROL SW

OFF TAIL HEAD LOW HIGH FLASH 7 R–Y A A

2 1 DRL NO. 3 RELAY 5

2

2

2

2

R–W

2

3

R–W

R–W

W–B W–B

C B

J20 A , J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A

B

DIMMER SW

4

3 IG1

C11 COMBINATION SW

R–W

8 1J 7 1J

R–B A A J8 A ,J9 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

A B B

W–B

R–W R–W

W–B

7 EB2

W–B J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A W–B EC

II

84

HEADLIGHT(CANADA)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) R R–B 7. 5A DOME 10A GAUGE

12 2J R

1 1J R–L D J28 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D R–L

1 1W

8 EB2 7 1V

R–B

R

R

2 H

9 DRL

7 +B

1 IG

D5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

HI 8 R–Y 6

E

PKB 4

BRK 10

CHG– 5 Y B A J18

W–B

J20 A B

A , J21

B R–W J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–W

A , J19

B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B B R–W 1 R–W B1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW B B

C A

C A 1

6 EB2

P3 PARKING BRAKE SW FROM BRAKE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] R–Y 2

Y 1 L G2 GENERATOR J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II

W–B A

W–B

W–B

Y

85

SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY IS ALWAYS FLOWING FROM THE FL MAIN → MAIN FUSE → HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) AND TEINRMINAL 8 OF THE DIMMER SW, HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL B 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL B 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW, FL MAIN → MAIN FUSE → DRL NO.2 RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 9 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN).

1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE GENERATED AT TERMINAL ‘L’ OF THE GENERATOR IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE RELAY IS NOT ENERGIZED, SO THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE. IF THE PARKING PEDAL LEVER IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FROM MAIN FUSE FLOWS TO DRL NO. 2 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT LH (LH) → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE HEADLIGHT RH (HI) → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DRL NO.3 RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP DIMMER THAN NORMAL BRIGHTNESS. THIS IS HOW THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND THE HEADLIGHTS HAVE LIGHT UP, THE HEADLIGHTS REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). EVEN IF THE ENGINE STALLS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THERE IS NO VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL ‘L’ OF THE GENERATOR, THE HEADLIGHTS REMAIN ON. IF THE IGNITION SW IS THEN TURNED OFF, HEADLIGHT ARE TURNED OFF. IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WHILE THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND THE HEADLIGHTS LIGHT UP AS THE ENGINE STARTS.

2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION
SWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT THE HEAD POSITION WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL B 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL B 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEAD RELAY ON. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEAD RELAY (POINT SIDE) → DRL NO. 2 FUSE → DRL NO.3 RELAY (COIL SIDE) AND DRL NO.4 RELAY (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, TURNING THE DRL NO.3 AND NO.4 RELAY ON. ALSO, CURRENT FROM THE HEAD RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO HEAD (LWR) FUSES → TERMINAL 2 OF THE HEADLIGHT (LO) → TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, SO THE HEADLIGHTS (LO SIDE) LIGHT UP. SDIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SET TO FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEAD RELAY ON. AT THE SAME TIME, SIGNALS ARE OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 8 AND TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) AND ALSO THE DRL NO.2 RELAY. WHEN THE HEAD RELAY AND DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) ARE ACTIVATED, THE HEADLIGHTS (LO AND HI) THEN LIGHT UP. SDIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL B 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL B 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). WHEN DIMMER SW IS SET TO HIGH POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). THESE SIGNALS ACTIVATE DRL NO.2 RELAY, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM DRL NO.2 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT LH (HI) → TERMINAL 2 → DRL NO.4 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND CURRENT ALSO SIMULTANEOUSLY FLOWS FROM HEAD (RH) FUSE → DRL NO.3 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT RH (HI) → TERMINAL 2 → DRL NO.4 RELAY (POINT SIDE), CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS (HI SIDE) TO LIGHT UP.

SERVICE HINTS
D 5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) 5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

86

HEADLIGHT(CANADA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE B1 C9 C11 D5 F6 F8 G2 H1 A C 26 28 28 28 26 26 26 26 J8 J9 J10 I15 J2 A B SEE PAGE CODE H2 H3 H4 B 26 26 26 28 29 29 29 29 J18 J19 J20 J21 J28 P3 SEE PAGE CODE J15 A B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 2 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM NO.2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE IJ 1V 1W 2B 2C 2G 2J 2K 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B ( (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE EB2 IG1 34 36 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EC II 34 34 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

87

B1

GRAY

C9

GRAY

C11

D5

GRAY

1 2 1 2 3 X 5 X X X X 13 7 8 5 6 7

X 4 8 9 10

X 16

F6

A

F8 C

G2

BLACK

H1

BLACK

H2

BLACK

1

1 1 1 2 2

X 3

H3

BLACK

H4

BLACK

I15

B

J2

BLACK

J8

A GRAY

X 1 2 2 3 3 4

B B B A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J9 B GRAY J10 J15 J18 A BLACK J19 B BLACK

A A A A A A A D D X X A A A

A A B B D D D B B E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J20 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J21 B BLACK J28 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P3 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 A A C C A A C C D D X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

88

INTERIOR LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

7. 5A DOME

R

12 2J R

R

R

1 1W

9 1S

8 1G

R

I14 1

A

INTEGRATION RELAY

2

10

6 A

2 1M

1 1M

5 1F R

2 1F

7 1J

R–W

G–R

R

I12 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT

1 A (*1) 1 B (*2) 2 1 V9 VANITY LIGHT RH V8 VANITY LIGHT LH PERSONAL LIGHT I16 INTERIOR LIGHT 1 2

DOOR

OFF ON

2

1 W–B

2 2 A (*1) 2 B (*2)

1

D6 DIODE (COURTESY) R–G

B

1

P5

A ,

2

R–G

FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU

R

R

R

R–W

B3

R

B3

R

B3

R

R–W

W–B

R–G

R–G

B 4 : *1 B 2 : *2

W–B

R–W

E A W–B

E A

E A

E A

W–B

B2 W–B

J34

A , J35

B

D B R–G 7 IP1 R–G D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH 1

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B2 W–B W–B (*1)

3 1F J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3 1V W–B

BQ

IF

W–B A II

89

90
R R R–W R–G I14 A INTEGRATION RELAY FROM WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU D A E B FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU 4 6 4 1G 1 1G D A R–W R–W R–W 9 IP1 * 1 : W/ MOON ROOF * 2 : W/O MOON ROOF FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU 1 J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–W R–W D A E B A , J35 B 12 1S 7 1S 1 11 1H R–W 1 C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] A A 6 8 R–W R E B E A FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU R–G E B E A FROM AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR R–G R–G J10 A , J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G R–Y B R–G R–G 18 1 2 R–G IE2 1 2 18 IO2 R–G R–B R–G R–G 17 A J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R R D7 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT LH IE2 A D8 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT RH 2 1 L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT R–Y B8 R 17 IO2 R R R–W R–W

D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH

D11 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH

D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW

2

R–Y

INTERIOR LIGHT
SERVICE HINTS INTEGRATION RELAY
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR (FRONT RH, REAR LH AND RH) OPEN 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOORCOURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR, LH, RH 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR OPEN

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C9 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 28 28 30 30 30 30 30 30 J34 J10 J11 J15 A I14 I16 J5 A B SEE PAGE CODE I12 A 28 28 30 29 29 29 29 29 P5 V8 V9 SEE PAGE CODE J35 L6 L7 A B B 29 30 30 31 31 31 31 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE IF IG 1H IJ 1M 1S 1V 1W 2J 24 24 24 24 24 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ROOF WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IE2 I02 IP1 36 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IF II BQ 36 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH ROOF LEFT

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B2 B3 40 ROOF WIRE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE B4 B8 40 40 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE ROOF WIRE

91

* 1 : W/ MOON ROOF * 2 : W/O MOON ROOF

C9

GRAY

D6

BLACK

D7

GRAY

D8

GRAY

D9

D10

1 X 6 8

2

1

2

1

2

1

1

D11

D12

I12

I14 A ORANGE

I16

1

1 1 2 1 X X 6 X X

1 2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

J5

GRAY

J10 A

J11

B

J15

A A A A A A A E E X X X X E E A A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J34 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J35 B BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) L6 GRAY L7 BLACK P 5 A (* 1) P 5 B (* 2)

1

2 2 1 2

1 2

D

D

D

E

E

E

D

D

D

E

E

E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) V8 BLUE V9

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) BLUE

1

2

1

2

92

1 F

4 1B

TAILLIGHT

1 A

B–G E2 100A ALT 2 F B–R FL MAIN 3. 0W

B–R

B–R

BATTERY F6 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK A , F11 F LIGHT CONTROL SW I15 OFF INTEGRATION RELAY J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C G–R G–R 1 B 2 B 14 G TAIL HEAD TAILLIGHT RELAY B C11 COMBINATION SW 2 6 1C J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3

1 5

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 16 A A 8 1J W–B W–B

A

7 1J

W–B

II F3 FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH 2 1 B A B B G–O G–O J31 F4 FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH 2 1 B A G–O JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J32 B L2 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH W–B 1 2 G–B B12 L3 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH W–B 1 2 G–B B14 R12 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH W–B G 1 2 G B11 R13 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH W–B G 1 2 W–B

9 1C

C B

A A

W–B

G–O J18

EC

10A TAIL

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

A , J19

EA

B

8 1S

G–B

G–B B5 G–B B5

W–B

B13

G–B

W–B

93

94
G–B W–B R7 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 3 4 W–B G B14 W–B R9 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 3 4 W–B B10 G B14 G R8 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] T– T+ 1 2 9 3 W–B G 8 B15 G G–B 1 1S R–L 10A GAUGE IG 2 1D R6 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] DELAY 1 2 5 W–B 4 Y–G IL G B13 R–L D D 7 A 3 D FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) Y–G IF3 R–L C7 GND 11 J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B A , C10 REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR D

W–B

A

W–B

BN

J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

W–B

W–B

B13

BP

TAILLIGHT
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

TAILIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 9 AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR ! TERMINAL 11 ! GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.

SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY
5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 4,8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 4,3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION ,11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C7 C10 C11 F3 F4 F6 F11 I15 J2 A F B A D 28 28 28 26 26 26 26 28 29 J18 J19 J31 J32 J37 L2 SEE PAGE CODE J4 J8 J15 A B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 30 SEE PAGE CODE L3 L4 R6 R7 R8 R9 R12 R13 30 30 31 31 31 31 31 31 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1C 1D 1J 1S 24 24 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IF3 36 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EC II BN BP 34 34 36 40 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 B10 B11 40 FLOOR WIRE 34 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE B12 B13 B14 40 FLOOR WIRE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

95

C7

A BLUE

C10 D BROWN

C11

X

X X

7

X X

3 X X X X 14 X 16

F3

GRAY

F4

GRAY

F6

A

F11

F

I15 B

J2

BLACK

1 1 2 1 2 C C C 1 2 1 2 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J4

BLAC K

J8

GRAY

J15

J18

A BLACK

J19

B BLACK

D D D A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A

A A A A C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J31 A J32 B J37 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) L2 GRAY L3 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) GRAY

A B B X X B B X X A A A

A A

1

2

1

2

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) L4 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) R6 GRAY R7 R8 GRAY R9 R12 GRAY

X

3 4 X 8 9 X 11 X 1 2 X 3 4 1 2 X 3 4

1

2

R13 GRAY

1

2

96

ILLUMINATION
B–R

4 1B

1 TAILLIGHT RELAY 2

5

7. 5A PANEL 5 1D G

3

G 4 1J G G

6 1C G–R J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C

D A C G–R

D A

D A J20 A , J21 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–R

E B 2 B I15 E2 1 B B

E B

INTEGRATION RELAY G G G G H9 HAZARD SW B B 6 1V 7 1J BATTERY 8 9 4 1H B

B–R

B–R

G

A14 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION

3

A25 ABSORBER CONTROL SW

12

6

1 F

2 F LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF TAIL HEAD

14

1

5

A , F11

100A ALT

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

2

F

B

B

F6

C11 COMBINATION SW

16

1 A

W–B

D B B–G J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

D B

D B

A W–B J18 A , J19 B E A E A JUNCTION CONNECTOR

FL MAIN 3. 0W 8 1J

B

B

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B A II

97

98
G S3 SEAT HEATER SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT) 3 1 J5 B G B C B A , J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B 1 3 3 1 C B B A A B A A B II1 II1 I9 I9 B S4 SEAT HEATER SW(FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT) B G G G G B A A A G R2 RADIO AND PLAYER 9 2 C B A B A A W–G G G B A A A O2 A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION [O/D MAIN SW] 3 1 A B A A B G G B J12 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J13 B R4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 6 5 B G G4 GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW 2 1 2 1 W–B G–W G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT G B G G

B

B

B

W–B

ILLUMINATION

* 1 : CANADA

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

10A GAUGE

2 1D G G R–L D R–L D D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L 8 B 3 D C8 (* 1) TAIL B , C10 D 7 T R5 RHEOSTAT COMBINATION METER (*1) TR 3 15 B 1 D 2 D B–R TC 6 ILL– 2 1 B W–B B–R B J4 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–R B B TO A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY W–B B W–B W–B A A A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B IG W–B A R–L 5 IG E G

99

SERVICE HINTS TAILIGHT RELAY
5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF) C11 COMBINATION SW 14–16:CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 A25 C5 C8 C10 C11 F6 F11 G3 G4 H9 A F B D 28 28 28 28 28 28 26 26 28 28 28 J18 J12 J13 J15 J16 A J5 J6 J8 A B SEE PAGE CODE I15 J2 J4 A B B 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J19 J20 J21 O2 R2 R4 R5 S3 S4 B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1C 1D 1H 1J 1V 24 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE II1 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO.3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG II 36 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 34 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE I9 38 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE

100

ILLUMINATION
A14 A25 BLACK C5

2

12 X X X 5 6 1 3

C8

B

C10

D BROWN

C11

X

X

8

15

1

2

3 X X 14 X X

X

16

F6

A

F11

F

G3

G4

BLACK

H9

BLACK

I15

B

1 1 1 2 8 9 X 2 1 2 X 1 2

J2

BLACK

J4

BLACK

J5

A GRAY

J6

B GRAY

J8

GRAY

B C C C D D D

B B A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B

B

B

C

C

C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J12 A GRAY J13 B GRAY J15

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16 ORANGE

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

A A

A A

A A

A A A A A

A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J18 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 B BLACK J20 A BLACK

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J21

B BLACK

O 2 BLUE

1 E E E D D D D D D E E E 3

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

101

R 2

R 4

BLACK

R 5

BLUE

S 3

BLACK

1 2 X 9 X 5 6 1 2 3 X 5 6 7 3 X

S 4

BLUE

1 3 X

102

FRONT FOG LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

* 1 : USA * 2 : CANADA

15A HEAD(RH)

10A H–LP LH (LWR) 2 5 2J R–W (*1) 2 1 1C

15A FOG

B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A , J21

4 IM3

J20

A A (*2) R

R–W (*1) 1 5 F12 FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY 2 3

L–Y R–W R–B J31 C B 11 DIMMER SW LOW HIGH FLASH OFF ON 10 R–L 17 16 F1 FRONT FOG LIGHT LH 1 1 A A A A A , J32 B

C B

(*2)

R

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–W

FOG LIGHT SW

C11 COMBINATION SW

F2 FRONT FOG LIGHT RH

2 W–B

A

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B W–B EA

A 7 1J 8 1J

W–B

W–B

A

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II EC

R–W 2

103

SERVICE HINTS
F12 FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY 3–5 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FRONT FOG LIGHT SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C11 F1 F2 F12 28 26 26 26 J20 J21 SEE PAGE CODE J8 J15 A B 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J31 J32 A B 29 29 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 2 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM NO.2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1C 1J 2J 24 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMAPRTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IN3 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EC II 34 34 36
C 11

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
F1 F2 1 5 3 F12

X 10 11

XXX X 16 17

1

2

1

2

2

J8 G A RY

J15

J20 A B A K LC

J B BA K 21 LC

A AA A AA

A A A A A A (H T: S PAG 7) IN EE E

A A

C C

(H T: SE P E 7) IN E AG J31 A J32 B

(H T: SEEP E7) IN AG

(H T: SE PA E7) IN E G

C C X X (H T: SE P E 7) IN E AG

AA X X (H T: SE PAG 7) IN E E

104

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

7. 5A TURN

10A HAZARD

2 1L G–R

3 2K W 6 1 G–B

H9 HAZARD SW OFF HAZARD ON 5 G–R 4 G–W

7

2 G–Y G–Y G–B G–B

G–B 2 T6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER RELAY 3 1

8 1V

8 1H

5 1A G–B G–B

11 1S G–B G–Y B B B G–B J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

1 EB2 G–B G–B G–Y 13

F3 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH G–B

R14 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH

3

2 LH 1 15 RH

2

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

C8 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

11

B13 W–B A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II EC

W–B

W–B BP

IG

105

C11 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] LH TURN RH 2 G–Y G–B G–B G–Y D G–Y D D G–Y J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 3

G–B G–Y

G–Y

D B 6 1H 10 1C 2 1A J31 F A 6 1S G–Y F4 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH G–Y A , J32 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R15 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH

2

3

1

2

W–B

W–B

106

W–B EA

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
SERVICE HINTS
T 6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER RELAY 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON. 1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX. 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR THE HAZARD SW ON. 3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C8 C11 F3 F4 H9 28 28 26 26 28 J31 SEE PAGE CODE J2 J15 J16 J17 A 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J32 R14 R15 T6 B 29 31 31 29 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1A 1C 1H 1L 1S 1V 2K 24 24 24 24 24 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE EB2 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EC IG II BP 34 34 36 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B13 40 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

107

C8

C11

F3

GRAY

F4

GRAY

X

X

11

13

15 1 X 2 3 X X X 3 X

2 3

2

H9

BLACK

J2

BLACK

J15

J16

ORANGE

1 5

2 6 7

X

4 X

D D D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A

A A

A A A

A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) R14 GRAY R15 GRAY

J17 BLUE

J31

A

J32

B

B B B X X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) T6 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) F F D D X X 1 2 1 2

1 2 3

108

STOP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

15A STOP

10A GAUGE

7 1C W

1 1S R–L

2 1D R–L D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D R–L 3 D

2

S10 STOP LIGHT SW

1 G–W

C7

A , C10

D

REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 7 A Y–G

4 1R

2 1S G–W R–L 5 IF3 Y–G 7 8 4 DELAY 1 2 G–R L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

11 W–B W–B G–R 3 1 B13 W–B

R

B7 G–R

3

2

1

1

W–B

W–B

A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BN

B13 W–B

W–B

BP

R8 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

H11 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT

R6 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

109

SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.

STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINALS 1, 2 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR ! TERMINAL 11 ! GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.

SERVICE HINTS
S10 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED L 4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 1, 2, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW ON 1, 4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ,1, 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C7 A C10 D H11 SEE PAGE 28 28 30 CODE J4 J37 L4 SEE PAGE 29 30 30 CODE R6 R8 S10 SEE PAGE 31 31 29

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1C 1D 1R 1S SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IF3 36 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE BN BP SEE PAGE 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B7 SEE PAGE 40
C7 A BLUE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE
C10

CODE B13
D BROWN

SEE PAGE 40

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE
H11 J4 BLACK

1 X X X 7 X X 3

2

D D D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J37

L4

R6

GRAY

R8

GRAY

S10 BLUE

1 2 A A A A A A X 7 8

4 X X 11 X 1 3 1 3 1 2

110

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

BACK–UP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

10A GAUGE

1 1J R–L D A J28 A , J29 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR F B R–L 2 IK2 J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A P1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] 8 13 1S R–B R–B 1 R9 BACK–UP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 3 J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B R–L 2 R–B R–L A

B9

R–B

5 1V 3 IK3 R7 BACK–UP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] J28 A R–B

1

3

C A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR C A W–B B14 W–B A BN

R–B

111

SERVICE HINTS
P 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW) 2–8 : CLOSED WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J25 J28 J29 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J37 P1 R7 30 27 31 SEE PAGE CODE R9 31 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE IJ 1S 1V 24 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IK2 IK3 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE BN 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B9 40
J25

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE
J28 A J29

CODE B14
B

SEE PAGE 40

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE
J37

A A A X X

X X D D X X C C X X F F

A A A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

P1

GRAY

R7

R9

X

2 8

1 X 3

1 X 3

112

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

R–B G–R E J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10 IG1 G–R 7 IJ1 8 1D R–B 12 2J R JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 1W B–R J10 A 8 1G R R–B A A J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B R 1 H IG 2 A 1 5 A32 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR 6 CTY 3 E B 1 IG1 J10 A , J11 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L E2 B–R B–R E A R–G 12 OFF LIGHT CONTROL SW TAIL HEAD AUTO C11 COMBINATION SW 16 W–B R–G 7 1S 1 1G J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G R–L 1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II 15A ECU–IG 7. 5A DOME

E C R–B R–B

C 8 2K 3 HEAD RELAY 3 2G 2 G–R B B G–R B A A , J35 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A W–B FL MAIN 3. 0W 8 1J 7 1J W–B A BATTERY B F A

F A

4

1 6 1C TAILLIGHT RELAY

7 3 T

J34

5

2 40A MAIN

2

1 3 2B 4 1B

1 C

B

1 F

2 F FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK C , 100A ALT A ,F8 F6

B–R

1 A B–G

F11

F

113

SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE DOME FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE), AND TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE).

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT AUTO POSITION, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS A DECREASE IN THE AMBIENT LIGHT (TO BETWEEN APPROX. 90 AND APPROX. 475 LUX), THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. ABOUT 5 SECONDS AFTER IT IS ACTIVATED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW ! TERMINAL 16 ! GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHT AND TAILLIGHT. IF THE AMBIENT LIGHT DROPS BELOW APPROX. 90 LUX, THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR IS ACTIVATED AND ABOUT 3 SECONDS LATER, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW ! TERMINAL 16 ! GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHT AND TAILLIGHT. WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT AUTO POSITION AND ACTIVATION OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR HAS TURNED ON THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS THE AMBIENT LIGHT ABOVE APPROX. 1000 LUX, THE SENSOR IS TURNED OFF AFTER ABOUT 5 SECONDS. SO THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMNAL 12 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS CUT OFF, AND THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS TURN OFF.

SERVICE HINTS
A32 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN C11 COMBINATION SW 12–16 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A32 C11 D9 F6 F8 A C 28 28 30 26 26 J10 SEE PAGE CODE F11 J2 J5 J8 A F 26 29 29 29 29 J34 J35 SEE PAGE CODE J11 J15 J19 A B B 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1C 1D 1G 1J 1S 1W 2B 2G 2J 2K 24 24 24 24 24 20 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IG1 IJ1 36 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE II 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

114

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 34
A32 BLACK

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE
C11

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

D9

F6

A

F8

C

1 1 1 2 3 X 5 6 7 X X 12 X X X X 16

1

F11

F

J2

BLACK

J5

GRAY

J8

GRAY

J10

A

C C C 1 2 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) A A A A A A A A A A A A E E X F X F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J11

B

J15

J19

BLACK

J34

A

BLACK

J35

B BLACK

A X X E E A A A

A A E E E B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

115

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

C11

D9

F6

A

F8

C

F11

F

1 1 X X X X 13 14 X 16

1 1 2

I15

B

J2

BLACK

J8

GRAY

J15

J18

A BLACK

C C C 1 2 3 4 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) A A A A A A

A A A A

A A D D D

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 B BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

116

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

3 2B 1

1 TAILLIGHT RELAY 2 4 1B 6 1C

5

10A GAUGE

7. 5A DOME

40A MAIN

2 3

4 HEAD RELAY 3

1

2

G–R

12 2J

8 2K

B–R

C

R

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

E B J18 A , J19 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A

C

E2 G–R R–B 1 1W 1 C 1 F 2 F 2 B 7 1 3 B 1 B 4 B R–Y 6 I15 B INTEGRATION RELAY 7 1S 14 13 G 7 1J FL MAIN 3. 0W 8 1J C11 COMBINATION SW LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF TAIL HEAD 16 J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A W–B R–G W–B 1 J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

B–R

100A ALT

1 A

F6

A , F8

C , F11

B–R

B

F 10

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK B–G

BATTERY

W–B

R–B

117

SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL B 2 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE), AND TO TERMINAL B 3 THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE).

1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION
(TURN TAILLIGHT ON). WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL B 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL B 2 OF THE REALY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL B 1 → TERMINAL 14 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON. (TURN HEADLIGHT ON) WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, THE SIGNALS ARE INPUT INTO TERMINALS B 1 AND B 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THESE SIGNALS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL B 3 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL B 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEAD RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.

2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
WITH THE LIGHTS ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE REALY), WHEN DOOR ON FRONT LH SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL B 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL B 1 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL B 3 TO TERMINAL B 4 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.

SERVICE HINTS
I13 B B B B B INTEGRATION RELAY 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF POSITION 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

118

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C11 D9 F6 F8 A C 28 30 26 26 SEE PAGE CODE F11 I15 J2 J8 F B 26 28 29 29 J18 J19 SEE PAGE CODE J15 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1B 1C 1J 1S 1W 2B 2J 2K 24 24 20 20 FLOOR WIIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B ( (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE II 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 34 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

119

WIPER AND WASHER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] +B OFF INT LOW HIGH WASHER L 1 1A 4 1C +2 +1 +S INT1 INT2 B1 EW WF 20A WIPER

E A L

2 M 1 L–W

17

8

7

16

2

11

11 IM2 W–B L–W L–O L–B L–Y L

W2 WASHER MOTOR

J31

A , J32

B

E B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR L A A A J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L

L L–O L–B L–Y

4

1

3

L 2 5 W–B 10 2J W–B 4 2F 5 2C W–B W–B A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR EC II

M

F5 FRONT WIPER MOTOR

120

SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW. TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.

1. LOW SPEED POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND AND CAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED.

2. HIGH SPEED POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND AND CAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT HIGH SPEED.

3. INT POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY FUNCTION FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 2 → GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTIONS. THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN THE RELAY AND THE INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHARGE THE CHARGING TIME OF CONDENSOR.

4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 11 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND AND CAUSES THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN AND THE WINDOW WASHER TO JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW TO WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT IN TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTIONS.

SERVICE HINTS
C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (COMB. SW) 02–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2 TO 12 SECONDS INTERMITTELTLY WITH THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW AT INT POSITION 16–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON UNLESS THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION 18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION F 5 FRONT WIPER MOTOR 2–3 : CLOSED UNLESS THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C13 F5 J15 28 26 29 J31 J32 SEE PAGE CODE J17 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE W2 27 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1A 1C 2C 2F 2J SEE PAGE 24 20 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IM2 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE EC II 34 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

121

WIPER AND WASHER
C 13 B LAC K F 5 G R AY J1 5 J1 7 BLU E

A X X 2 11 X X X X X X X X 7 16 8 X 1 4 17 X 2 5 3 A A A

A A

A A A

(HIN T : S E E PA G E 7)

(H INT : SE E PAG E 7)

J3 1

A

J3 2

B

W 2

BLAC K

1 X X E E E E X X

2

X

(H IN T : SE E PA G E 7)

(H IN T : SE E P A G E 7)

122

POWER OUTLET
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

15A POWER–OUTLET

5 1J

V 2 P4 POWER OUTLET 1 W–B 4 1V 3 1V

SERVICE HINTS
P 4 POWER OUTLET 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 1–GROUND : ALWAY CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE P4 29 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1J 1V 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IF
P4

SEE PAGE 36

GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH

1

2

W–B IF

123

POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) L 1 12 1G 25A DOOR 10A GAUGE 30A POWER P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 10 IE1 L 2 7 BW 1 POWER RELAY 2 3 5 1 1D L–W 5 1G 7 IJ 3 1S 13 1G A , J35 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B B W–B R–B L A A J34 L E 1 6 – + – + DU 13

L–W

DD

W–B

G

1 A

7

3 A

10

B J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B

R

L 6 6 A W–B R–G

I14

A

INTEGRATION RELAY 7 1S

E A J34 A , J35 B D B R–G 20 IE2

L

JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G

7 1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

IP1

7 1G

W–B

W–B

G

R–G

3 1V 1 1 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II W–B A M 2

P10 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH

IF

124

R

P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

DRIVER’ S DOWN

FRONT PASSENGER’ S DOWN

REAR LH DOWN

REAR RH DOWN RRU 11 G–B 14 R–B 12 IE1 8 R–B IP1 RRD IE1 IP1

UP

UP

UP

WINDOW LOCK SW

PU 12 G–W 5 R–L

PD 10 G–Y

RLU 9 R–Y

RLD

11

IE1

5

IE1

7

IE1

9 IE1

6

G–W

G–Y

R–Y

L

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A 1

L

IF2 G–Y

5

IF2 R–Y

6

G–B

R–L

UP

10 IP1

G–W

R–L

L

G–B

R–B

L

L

4 IO1

5 IO1

6 IO1 L

2 BQ1

3 BQ1

1 BQ1 L

2 BR1

3 BR1

1 BR1 L

G–W

G–Y

G–B

R–Y

P6 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH

P7 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH

P8 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RH

4

1

5

4

1

5

4

R–B

R–L

1

5

DOWN

DOWN

U 2 G

D 3 R

U 2 G

D 3 R

U 2 G

2 M

1

2 M

1

2 M

1

P11 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH

P12 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH

P13 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH

R

DOWN

UP

UP

UP

D 3

L

125

POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE ! TERMINAL 7 OF INTEGRATION RELAY ! TERMINAL A 3 ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER RELAY ! TERMINAL 2 ! TO GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY ! TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW.

1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (FRONT LH) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM ! TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TO GROUND. FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.

2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION
WHEN THE FRONT LH WINDOW CONTROL SW IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWN SIDE, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 13 ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TO GROUND. BECAUSE THE HOLD CIRCUIT INSIDE THE MASTER SW KEEPS THE RELAY ON THE DOWN SIDE ACTIVATED, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR CONTINUES OPERATING EVEN IF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS RELEASED. WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW IS FULLY LOWERED, THE HOLD CIRUCIT TURNS OFF AND THE RELAY ON THE DOWN SIDE TURNS OFF, SO AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS.

3. STOPPING OFAUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOW
WHEN THE MANUAL SW (FRONT LH) IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THE MASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW ! TO TERMINAL 1, SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MASTER SW IS PULLED CONTINUOUS, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.

4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (FRONT RH WINDOW)
WITH THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW (FRONT RH) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL 5 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (FRONT RH) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 2 TO TERMINAL 1, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN. AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CAN NOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE CIRCUIT.

5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM DOOR FUSE TO TERMINAL A 13 OF THE RELAY ! TERMINAL A 3 ! TERMINAL 1 OF POWER RELAY ! TERMINAL 2 ! TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE ! TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY ! TERMINAL 3 ! TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY ! TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPEN DETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS A 6 OR 6 OF INTEGRATION RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS.

126

SERVICE HINTS
P 9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 16–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (FRONT LH WINDOW) UP 13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (FRONT LH WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION

WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE D9 D10 I14 J4 J15 J34 A A 30 30 28 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J35 J36 P6 P7 P8 P9 B 29 30 31 31 31 31 SEE PAGE CODE P10 P11 P12 P13 31 31 31 31 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1D 1G 1J 1S 1V 24 24 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANLE J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IE1 IE2 IF2 I01 IP1 BQ1 BR1 36 36 38 38 40 40 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO.2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IF II 36 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

127

POWER WINDOW
D9 D10 I14 A ORANGE J4 BLACK J15

A A A 1 1 1 X 3 X X X X 6 X X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A

A A

X X X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J34

A BLACK

J35

B BLACK

J36

P6

P7

B A A E E E D D D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P8 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P9 P10 P11 C C B B B B

1 3 4 5

2 X

1 3 4 5

2 X

P12

P13

1 3 4 5

2 X

1 X 5 6 7 X 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

128

MEMO

129

130 SEAT HEATER
4 E 4 IG 2 4 1T W–B L II1 I9 L L 2 2 1 6 HI 20A SEAT–HEATER W–B L I7 S11 SEAT HEATER (DRIVER’ S SEAT) S3 SEAT HEATER SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) W–B L–Y II1 W–B E IG 2 4 W–B L I8 6 HI 2 1 W–B S12 SEAT HEATER (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT) B S4 SEAT HEATER SW (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

A

A

W–B

W–B

IG

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

SERVICE HINTS
S 3, S 4 SEAT HEATER SW 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J16 S3 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE S4 S11 29 32 SEE PAGE CODE S12 32 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE IT 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE II1 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO.3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE I7 I8 38 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO 3 WIRE NO.3 CODE I9 38 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO.3 WIRE

J16

O R AN G E

S 3

BLACK

S 4

BLUE

S 11

S12

BLU E

A A

A A

A A A A A

A A

A A 4 X

2 6 4 X

2 1 6 2 1 2

(H IN T : SE E P AGE 7)

131

POWER SEAT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

10A ECU–B

15A ECU–IG

15A STOP

7 2J W–R

8 1D B–R

7 1C G–W G–W B1 2 1S G–W 1 4 1R 1 BS2 G–W 22 B STOP RDWN 15 B RUP 14 B FDWN 17 B G–W S14 A , S15 B SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU RCLF 18 B RCLR 19 B FUP 16 B

3 1W

C

J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C 10 1V W–R B–R

4 J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

IF1 B–R

B

B W–R

3 BS2

5

ID1 W–R

20 B IG

4 BS2

SYSB 9 B

DCTY 8 B R–G

B–R

S10 STOP LIGHT SW

W

2

TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

SLDF 12 B

SLDR 13 B

W–R G–W G–B L–R L–Y L–B 4 SLDF FRONT SLIDE SLDR REAR 12 BR 2 BS2 Y–G

G

R–G

1 FROM INTEGRATION RELAY R–G B1 FRONT RCLF RECLINING

5 RCLR

3 RDWN REAR VERTICAL DOWN

2 RUP

9 FDWN

10 FUP

FRONT VERTICAL

DOWN

REAR

UP

R–G

1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT)

132

UP

L 8

(DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)

BR 4 B PVCC 3 2 B16 1 1J D A F B R–L R–L IK2 J28 1 3 B SSRR GR R–L GR JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J29 B B16 B16 V–W V–W V–W V–W 10A GAUGE A A 3 V–W R–L J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR P 2 B SSRV 1 2 LG–B B B G–W G–W LG–B FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 7 4 IK2 10 BS2 21 B G–W G–W P P1 P POSITION SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3 V–W S14 10 B SSFV 1 LG–R A , S15 LG–R B SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU 3 V–W 1 B SSRS 1 LG LG BR BR 11 B SGND BR B16 B16 BR BR BR B16 BR

2

BR

P28 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)

BR

2

BR

B16

P27 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)

2

BR

P26 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL)

9 BS2

BR

BR

2

BR

B16

BR

P29 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)

IH

B16

BR

133

POWER SEAT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1

30A POWER

2 3 1D L–W 1 P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)

REAR

8

IF2 L–W L–W

3

2

4 W–B

7 BS2

L–W

LG

B16

2

M

1

S14 8 A +B

A , S15

B

P18 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)

L–W

SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU

RCL– 1 A

RCL+ 2 A

RRV– 5 A

RRV+ 6 A

FRV– 9 A

FRV+ 10 A

SLD– 3 A

SLD+ 4 A

L SW1 5 B

FRONT

SW2 6 B

MMRY 7 B

GND 7 A W–B W–B J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–G

R–B

L–R

R–L

L–Y

L–B

R

P

V

Y

L

B16

3 1 P17 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) 1

4 2 2

1 MMRY SET

P19 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)

P20 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)

1 M 2

2 M 1

2 M 1

P21 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)

2 M 1

E 2 S13 SEAT MEMORY SW

BR

8 BS2

BR A

134

W–B BN

W–B

(DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS ALWAYS APPLIED FROM ECU–B FUSE TO TERMINAL SYSB OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, FROM POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, AND FROM STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU AND FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE P POSITION SW.

POWER SEAT OPERATION (DRIVER’S SEAT)
CURRENT IS ALWAYS APPLIED TO TERMINAL SYSB AND TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU SO THAT SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU IS ALWAYS READY TO OPERATE. WHEN THE POWER SEAT CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE “FRONT SLIDE POSITION” SIDE, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL SLDF OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SLD+ OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTORL ECU ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAD SLIDE CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL SLD– OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND, ROTATING THE POWER SEAT MOTOR SO THAT THE SEAT SLIDES FORWARD WHILE THE POWER SEAT CONTROL SW IS BEING PRESSED. TO SLIDE THE DRIVER’S SEAT TO THE REAR, PUSHING THE POWER SEAT CONTROL SW TO THE “REAR SIDE POSITION” SIDE, INPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SLDR OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE ECU TO THE MOTOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL SLD– OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL SLD+ OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, FLOWING THE REVERSE TO FRONT SLIDE OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, SO THAT THE DRIVER’S SEAT MOVES TO THE REAR. THE MOVEMENT TO OTHER POSITIONS OCCURS SIMILARLY, SO ONLY THE FLOW OF CURRENT TO EACH MOTOR IS SHOWN:

FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL ‘UP’ OPERATION
TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL FRV+ ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL FRV– OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.

FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL ‘DOWN’ OPERATION
TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL FRV– ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL FRV+ OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.

REAR VERTICAL CONTROL ‘UP’ OPERATION
TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL RRV+ ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL RRV– OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.

REAR VERTICAL CONTROL ‘DOWN’ OPERATION
TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL RRV– ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL RRV+ OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.

RECLINING CONTROL OF ‘FRONT’ OPERATION
TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL RCL+ ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL RCL– OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.

RECLINING CONTROL OF ‘REAR’ OPERATION
TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL RCL– ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL RCL+ OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND. THE NUMBER OF TURNS OF EACH MOTOR (AMOUNT OF MOVEMENT OF EACH PART OF THE SEAT) IS DETECTED BY THE POSITION SENSORS AND INPUT TO THE ECU, MAKING IT POSSIBLE TO PERFORM MEMORY AND RETURN FUNCTIONS FOR THE SEAT POSITION USING THE SEAT MEMORY SWITCH.

135

POWER SEAT
SERVICE HINTS
P I P POSITION SW (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW) 2–7 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “P” POSITION S14 A, S15 B SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU B 22–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON A 8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 21–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER AT “P” POSITION A 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION A 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION A 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERAITON A 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION A 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION A 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION A 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION A 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION B 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY B 9–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY PI5 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT) 1–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION 5–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION 8–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION 4–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION 10–12: CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION 9–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION 2–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION 3–12 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION SI0 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE D9 J3 J5 J25 J28 A J29 B J30 J37 SEE PAGE 30 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 CODE P1 P14 P15 P17 P18 P19 P20 P21 SEE PAGE 27 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 CODE P26 P27 P28 P29 S10 S13 S14 A S15 B SEE PAGE 32 32 32 32 29 32 32 32

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1C 1D 1J 1R 1S 1V 1W 2J SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 24 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE ID1 IF1 IF2 IK2 BS2 SEE PAGE 36 36 38 42 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IH BN SEE PAGE 36 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

136

(DRIVER’S SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B1 40
D9

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE
J3

CODE

SEE PAGE 42
J5 GRAY

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS SEAT NO. 1 WIRE
J25

B16

1

B B B B

A A C C C A X X

X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J28 A J29 B J30 J37

B B B B

A A A A

A A

D D X X

X X F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P 1 GRAY

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P14 GRAY P15 BLACK P17 P18

1 2 3 4 X 7 2

1 2 3 4 5 X X 8 9 10 X 12 1 2 1 2

P19

P20

P21

P26

P27

P28 BLUE

1 2

1 2

1 2

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

P29

S10 BLUE

S13 BLACK

S14 A

1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3 4 9 10

S15 B

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

137

138
11 2 1 L–W I2 L–W L–W L–W 3 1D B 8 IF2 2 BS1 FUP UP 30A POWER 10 FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 2 P21 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL) SLDF L 8 FRONT 2 P20 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) RCLF R–G 1 FRONT 1 P19 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) RUP L–Y 2 UP 2 M RWDN 3 R DOWN 1 M RCLR 5 R–B REAR 2 M SLDR 4 L–B REAR P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT) 1 M L–W FDWN 9 DOWN L–R P17 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) R–L 1 E 7

J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 BS1 W–B

A

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/o DRIVING POSITION MEMORY), (FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

W–B

BN

L–W

L–W

5

11 L–W IP1 L–W

B

2 BT1

FUP UP

9

2 M FDWN 10 DOWN SLDF FRONT 8 SLDR 4 REAR RCLF FRONT 1 P16 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT) RCLR 5 REAR RUP UP 3 L–R 2 M L–B 1 M R–B 2 1 P24 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) R–G 2 P25 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL) L 1

P22 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) R–L 1

W–B M

P23 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) L–Y

IM RDWN 2 R E 7 1 BT1 W–B W–B

DOWN

W–B

BO

B6

139

POWER SEAT (DRIVER’S SEAT w/o DRIVING POSITION MEMORY), (FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)
SERVICE HINTS
P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT) 11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPOX 12 VOLTS 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY P16 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT) 11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPOX 12 VOLTS 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J37 P15 P16 P17 30 32 32 32 SEE PAGE CODE P19 P20 P21 P22 32 32 32 32 SEE PAGE CODE P23 P24 P25 32 32 32 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE 1D 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IF2 IP1 BS1 BT1 36 38 42 42 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT) FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT NO.2 WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IN BN BO 36 40 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE I2 38 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE B6 40 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO.2 WIRE

J37

P 15

G R AY

P16

B LAC K

P17

P1 9

1 A A A A A A X

2 7

3 8

4

5

1 X

2 7

3 8

4

5 1 2 1 2

9 10 11 X

9 10 1 1 X

(H IN T : SEE PA G E 7)

P2 0

P 21

P22

P23

P 24

P2 5

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

140

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

B4

C7

A BLUE

C10 D BROWN

D9

1

2 X X X 8 X X 3

1

J4

BLACK

J15

J37

U1

D

D

D

A A A A

A A

A A A A

A A 1 2

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

139

UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) * 1 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY * 2 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

7. 5A DOME

10A GAUGE

12 2J

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D R–L

D

R–L

2 1D

SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

3 D

R

A , C10

D

8 A R–W 3 1T 9

1 1W

1

C7

7

INTEGRATION RELAY

10

5

6

8

7 1J

3 1M W–B

5 1M L–B

7 1S

4 1S

R–Y W–B

(* 1) R–Y W–B W–B

U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)

1 R–Y R–B (* 1)

2

1 B4 BUCKLE SW

W–B

2

W–B

(* 2)

1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

8 BS2 (* 1)

W–B

A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II

A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BN

140

(* 1)

(*2)

5 BS2

SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE DOME FUSE. 1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS, CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF SEAT BELT IS PUT ON DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY STOPS AND THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.

2. KEY REMINDER SYSTEM
WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOR OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TERMINAL 5 AND 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE KEY REMINDER BUZZER SOUNDS.

SERVICE HINTS
B 4 BUCKLE SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVER’S SEAT BELT USE D 9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN

INTEGRATION RELAY
10–GROUND 6–GROUND 5–GROUND 8–GROUND 9–GROUND 1–GROUND 7–GROUND : : : : : : : ALWAYS CONTINUITY CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE 0 VOLTS FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) 1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE B4 C7 C10 A D SEE PAGE 32 28 28 CODE D9 J4 J15 SEE PAGE 30 29 29 CODE J37 U1 SEE PAGE 30 29

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
CODE 1D 1J 1N 1S 1T 1W 2J SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 24 20

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE BS2 42 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE II BN 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

141

DOOR LOCK CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1

15A ECU–IG

30A POWER

25A DOOR

2 8 1D POWER RELAY B–R 1 5 B 1 1D L–W C B J34 2 3 12 1G 5 1G A A A , J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–W R–B

C A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J5

A ,J6

B B

7 1J

I14 3 A 1 A

A

INTEGRATION RELAY

W–B

B–R

L

16 A LG

17 A G

19 A R–G

18 A L–W

20 A L A A L 3 IO2 L 3 UNLOCK W–B 1 IF D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH W–B W–B J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

D

E

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B B

B

B D LG E G B–R D LG E G B L–W R–G L–W 4 IO2 D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH 7 1G L–W 2 LOCK 3 W–B 1V LOCK B W–B B W–B B 20 W–B IE2 W–B 1

10 IE1 L

13 IE2 LG

12

IE2 P9 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] G

1 IO1 B–R

13 IO2 LG

12 IO2 G

3

IE2 R–G

4 IE2 L–W 2

7

4 LOCK

3 UNLOCK

4

3 LOCK

1 UNLOCK

D15 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT RH

3 UNLOCK

W–B

W–B

W–B

1

2

B B W–B J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B W–B B W–B

J36 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

20 IO2 A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II W–B IL

142

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

10A GAUGE

I14

A 7

INTEGRATION RELAY

11 A

5 A L–R

12 A

25 A L–R C A C A C A

9 A L–Y B B B B

L–R J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR F 7 IF3

L–R L–R

L–R L–R

F 6 IF3 L–Y

L–B L–B

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–B

B A B A J12 A , J13

C B C B B

L–B L–B

L

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–B

D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

L–Y

2

3

4

2

3

1

L–Y

C B M M

W–B

A A A A A , J11 B

L–Y

3 IE1

8 IE1

11 IE2

5 BQ1

10 BQ1

4 BQ1

2

IF3

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L–Y

J10 W–B 1 D18 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH 4 W–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

9 BQ1 W–B

W–B

W–B

A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BN

143

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

I14

A

INTEGRATION RELAY

7 A Y

5

10

L–R L–R C

2 IP1 J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5 1M

3 1M

7 1J

L–B L–B

C

L–R

1 L–B L–Y

D17 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH

D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

7 IO1 L–R

3 IO1 L–B

11 IO2 Y

5 BR1 L–R

10 BR1 L–B

4 BR1 L–Y

3 IP1 2

U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)

1 IP1

Y

L–B

2

3

1

2

3

1

W–B

L–Y

M

M

4

4 W–B

L–Y

L–Y

9 BR1 W–B

W–B W–B

L–Y

B6 W–B

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II

BO

IM

144

W–B A

I14

A

INTEGRATION RELAY

6

6 A

4

7 1S

4 1G

12 1S

R–G

R–W

D6 DIODE (COURTESY) R–G 2 1 R–W

R–B

R–W

E A

E A

D A

D A

D A

D B

J34

A , J35

B R–W R–B 9 IP1 1

JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G R–G 7 IP1

1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

1 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH

D11 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH

R–W 1 D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH

R–G

145

DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL A 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL A 3 → THE POWER RELAY (COIL SIDE) → GROUND. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE PWR FUSE FLOWS TO THE POWER RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 7 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.

1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL A 16 OR A 18 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL A12 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL A 25 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.

2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL A 17 OR A 19 OR A20 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. A 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL A25 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL A12 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.

3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS MECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL A 19 OF THE RELAY, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS BY TURNING THE SW TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A25 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL A12 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TO OPERATE AND UNLOCK THE DOORS.

4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
*OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS) WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF A25 → RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL A12 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK. * OPERATING THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED BY THE FUNCTION OF SW A (REAR LH, CONTAINED IN MOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL A (FRONT LH) OR A (FRONT RH) OR 5 7 9 RH) OF THE RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → A TERMINAL A 25 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 12 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK. * IN CASE OF KEYLESS LOCK WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2 SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THE A6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. BY DOOR AFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 4 OR 6 OR A 25 → THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL A OF THE RELAY → 12 TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.

146

SERVICE HINTS I14 A INTEGRATION RELAY
10–GROUND : 6–GROUND : A 1–GROUND : A25–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION * DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED * DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) * DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) * UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY A12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION * DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED

* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
A16–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED A 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN A 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED

7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 17–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED A 20–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY A 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 19–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY A 18–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY A A 9–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH EACH DOOR OPEN D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH 2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY 3–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH 2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY 3–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY D16, D17, D18,D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 1–4 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) 1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

147

DOOR LOCK CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE D6 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 28 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 J10 J11 J12 J13 I14 J5 J6 J7 A B A B SEE PAGE CODE D18 D19 A A B 30 30 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 P9 U1 See Page Code J15 J33 A B 29 29 29 29 30 30 30 31 29 See Page

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
Code 1D 1G 1J 1H 1S 1V See Page 24 24 24 24

Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IE1 IE2 IF3 IO1 IO2 IP1 BQ1 BR1 36 36 38 38 40 40 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS
Code See Page 36 36 36 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR

IF II IL IN BN BO

: SPLICE POINTS
Code See Page 40
BLAC K D 9

Wire Harness with Splice Points FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
D1 0 D11

Code

See Page

Wire Harness with Splice Points

B6
D 6

D 12

D1 3

D14

1

2 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 3

148

D15

D16 BLACK

D17 BLACK

D18 BLACK

D19 BLACK

1 2 3 4 X

1

2

3

4

1 2

3

4

1 2

3 4

1

2

3

4

I14 A ORANGE

J 5 A GRAY

J 6 B GRAY

1

X 3 X 5 6

7 X 9 X 11 C C C B B B

12 X X X 16 17 18 19 20 X X X X 25

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J7

J10 A

J11 B

J12 A GRAY

B B B B D D D E E E F F F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A

X X

X X

C C B B B C C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J13 B GRAY J15 J33

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J34 A BLACK

A A B B B C C C A A

A A

A A B C C A A B B B B C C

A A D D D E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J35 B BLACK J36

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J37 J38

C C D D D

B B B B B

A A A A

A A

B B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P9 U1 4 1 2

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 X 3 7 X

149

150
1 F 4 1B 1 A 100A ALT B–R B–R I1 B–G FL MAIN 3. 0W 2 F B–R TAILLIGHT RELAY 3 5 F6 F J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 C C 6 1C G–R G–R 7 1D 5 1M L–B 10 IG1 B A B A 7 A B A G–R G–R TAIL FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK A , F11 2 1 U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) W–B L–B 1 J10 A J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR P N 15 B

BATTERY

A

7 1J

3 1M

W–B

THEFT DETERRENT

D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 6 E A 2 B E B R–G R–G 11 B B 5 B–W B–W DSWD

D11 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH T3 D A A ,T4 R–W

D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH B D A E B 3 B R–W CTY 9 A SRLY W–B R–W 1 IG2

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH D A J34 R–W 5 B DSWL R–Y J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35

II JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B A L–B KSW J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3 1J IK2 J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GR P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW A , J11 B B–W J8 A ,J9 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B 10 IK2 GR B A THEFT DETERRENT ECU 2 1 11 2J 9 2K W–B 3 5 2 6 IF2 ST RELAY 2 D6 DIODE (COURTESY) 1 2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35 B 2 A L IF1 TO E A R–G B E A 1 B DSWP R–G R–Y L 4 A W–B L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR E 1 M 2 L1 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MAIN SW 2 1 R L–Y 4 5 14 B TSW BL LL

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5A STARTER

7 1S

1 1G

1

R–G

6

INTEGRATION RELAY

B

4

12 1S

4 1G

1

R–B

GR

9 IP1

1

R–W

1

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

7 IP1

1

R–G

40A MAIN

R–G

D B

A

A

W–B

IG

A

F13 FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW

W–B

2

1

T3

J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 4 F F 16 B 11 IE2 L–R 7 3 J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–B R–B E E 4 8 2K A ,T4 IJ1 LSWD L–R

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

B

20 IE2 B 3 B B R–B D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH R–G UNLOCK 7 B HEAD RELAY 3 R–G UL3 R–G IE2 1

W–B

D16 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH W–B L–R

B

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

3 1V

W–B B B 6 B 4 IE2 2 L–W L2 J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D B F A R–B R–B 8 A HEAD A , J11 B L–W L–W

W–B LOCK B D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH L–W LOCK J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 4 IO2 2 L–W 1 T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN 5 UL2 1 2 3 2F 3 A 4 IM1 W–L W–L IJ1 W–L W SH A A 3 8 B 3 IO2 L L L UNLOCK C C A A 10A HORN 10 2K 17 B 6 A 11 IO2 11 IG1 HORN LSWP 4 1 2 1 Y G–B Y G–B G–B 3 5 2 1 18 B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 4 BQ1 LSWR L–Y IF3 C B L–Y L–Y L–Y HORN RELAY J10 25A DOOR J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B C B L–W 1 1 A JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B A , J11 1 1D L–W +B2 A A 3 L–Y B 4 BR1 L–Y IP1 L–Y 15A CIG 1 A A 1 13 B 1 1T 4 B 3 IM1 DSWH B IJ1 B B P–L ACC P–L J5 4 5 10 B R–Y IJ1 R–Y IND 15A ECG–IG A ,J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 12 B B B B–R IG B J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR SECU GND 8 1D C A B–R 2 2 12 2J 11 B C A C A A B A A 9 B 8 1G 1 1W G–W G–W R +B1 LUG R R IF2 J34 A JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7. 5A DOME

7 1G

W–B

IF

B

B

20 IO2

W–B

W–B

W–B

IL

B

J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

D17 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH W–B Y

J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4

A

9 BQ1

W–B

W–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

BN

4

9 BR1

W–B

W–B

D18 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH W–B

B6

BO

W–B

IM

D19 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

2

W–B

EC

E5 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW

14

A

W–B

II

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1

W–B

A14 THEFT DETERRENT INDICATOR [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY] G–W

BP

L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW

151

THEFT DETERRENT
SERVICE HINTS D13, D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH, RH
3–1 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY

D16, D17, D18, D19 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–4 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION

E 5 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OPEN

U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)
1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER

L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY

L 7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN

T3

A

,T4

B

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

A 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION B 12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION B 15–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER B 17–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION B 11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH TO UNLOCK POSITION B 16–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION B 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT RH DOOR OPENED B 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPENED B 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION A 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY B 8–GROUND ; CONTINUITY WITH THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH TO UNLOCK POSITION A 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 9–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY B 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR OPEN B 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OPEN B 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN B 13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION B 18–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 D6 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D16 D17 D18 D19 E5 F6 A 28 28 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 26 26 J8 J9 J10 J11 J15 J16 J19 J26 J5 J6 J7 A B A B SEE PAGE CODE F11 F13 J2 A B F 26 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 T3 T4 U1 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 L1 L5 L7 P1 T1 A B SEE PAGE CODE J33 A B 29 29 29 30 30 30 29 30 30 27 27 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

152

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 24 24 20 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

1B 1C 1D 1G 1J 1H 1S 1T 1V 1W 2F 2J 2K
CODE

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
SEE PAGE 36 36

IE2 IF1 IF2 IF3 IG1 IG2 IJ1 IK2 IH1 IO2 IP1 BQ1 BR1

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

36 38 38 38 38 38 40 40

INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWLWIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 36 36 36 40 40 40

EC IF IG II IL IM IN BN BO

GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT COWL SIDE PANEL LH LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34
A14

E2

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE
D 6 BLACK D9

CODE

SEE PAGE 40
D10 D11

B6

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
D12

1 5 14 X X

2

1

1

1

1

D13

D14

D16 BLACK

D17 BLACK

D18 BLACK

1 1 2 3 1 2 3

4

1

4

1

4

153

THEFT DETERRENT

D19 BLACK

E5

BLACK

F6

A

F11

F

F13

1 1 4 1 2 1 2 X 4 5 X

J2

BLACK

J5

A GRAY

J6

B GRAY

J7

A A A C C C A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) C C C A A A A A A B B B

A A A A A

B B B B F F F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J8 A GRAY J9 B GRAY

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J10 A J11 B J15

A A A B B X X B B B C C C E E F F X X D D E E C C A A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16 ORANGE (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J26 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J33

A A A

A A B E E E B

A A A A A A A A

B B

A A B

C C

A A B B B B C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J34 A BLACK J35 B BLACK

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J36

J37

B B B C C D D D E E E C C D D D E E E (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J38 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) L1 L5 L7 BLACK B B B B

A A A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

P1

GRAY

B B B B B 1 2

1 2 1 2

X 5 6

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

T1

BLACK

T3

A ORANGE

T4

B

ORANGE

U1

1

2

1 4

2 X 6 7

3 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 X 1 2

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 X X X X X X

154

MEMO

155

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 5 1 G–R L–W R 25A DOOR 7. 5A DOME R–W

TAILLIGHT RELAY 3 2

4 1B

6 1C G–R

1 1D L–W

12 2J R

C

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C G–R

10 IG1 L–W L–W G–R G–R B–R

R–W

B A

B A

C B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C B

A A JUNCTION CONNECTOR

E B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

E B

B

B

B

R–W

R

R

A , J35

A , J35

A , J35

B

J34

J34

B B

A A

A B

A B

D A R–W

D A R–W

D A R–W

G–R

L–W

R

J34

J5

E2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR R G–R L–W R–W R–B R–G R–G

B–R

1 F 100A ALT

2 F F6 A , F11 F

B–R

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 2 1 R–W

1 A

R–G

B–G

D6 DIODE (COURTESY) R–G

E A FL MAIN 3. 0W D B R–W R–G

E A

A , J35

B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J34

A , J6

9 BATTERY

IP1 R–W

7

IP1 R–G

D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH

D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH

D11 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH

1

1

1

D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

156

R–G

R–B

ÔÔÔ ÔÔÔ ÔÔÔ ÔÔÔ
1 1W 8 1G 1

R–W

G–R L–W R R–W

G–R L–W R R–W

14

8

4

3 Y–B

W8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU

2 G

10 L–R

R–W

G–R

R

2 W7 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK BUZZER VOLUME SW 2 IJ1 L–B

R–G

R–W

G

3 W6 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK BUZZER 2 1 BUZZER L–R A , J11 9 IM3 R–G B LG

B B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J10

8 IJ1

LG

13 IM3

LG

G

B A L–B

B A L–B L L–B L–B W–B W–B R–G R–G J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

12 A

19 A 7 1D

I14

A

5

INTEGRATION RELAY R 1 A G–R 4 1G 12 1S L–W R–W R–G R–G R–B 7 1S 1 1G 4 6 16 A LG 17 A G 25 A L–B 11 A U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) W–B L–B 1 2 3 1M 13 IE2 P9 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] LG LOCK R–B 12 IE2 G 13 IO2 D15 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT RH LG LOCK 12 IO2 G 7 1J W–B A II 5 1M

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D D E D LG LG G

E

R–W

E G 1 UNLOCK 2 W–B

R–G

4

3 UNLOCK

3

1

W–B

R–G

157

R

L–R

G–R

L–W

R–G

L

158
R–W L–B L–B B 3 W–B B 3 R–G B B IE2 D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH R–G UNLOCK 1 J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B B W–B B B B 15 4 IO2 2 L–W L–W 20 IE2 3 1V 7 1G W–B W–B 2 4 IE2 L–W L–W R–G B W–B W–B LOCK R–G 7 D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH L–W LOCK 1 R–G J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B B

W–B

W–B

R–G

R–G

W–B

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

IF 20 IO2 W–B W–B A 3 3 IO2 L A L B W–B W–B UNLOCK L L–W D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH 11 J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR F F L–R F L–R 4 1 W–B L–R IE2 L L–W J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B W8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU 11 8 3 2 3 L L–R IE1 M IE1 L–B L–R L–R D17 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH 4 1 11 IO2 W–B Y Y J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C L–R L–R 3 2 C A B B 3 IO1 7 IO2 L–B L–R M L–R C A Y B B L–B C A J12 Y L–R L–R L–B L–B R–G L–W A , J13 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B R L–R R–W

W–B

IL

L

G–R

L–B

R–G

R–G

L–W

G–R L–W R R–W

G–R L–W R R–W G–W W8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU L–Y B–R 13 B–R W–B

5 G–W

1 W–B

B

A , J35

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A , J11

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A B

B

A A 2 IF3 L–Y 7 IF3 L–R 3 IP1 L–Y 2 IP1 L–R 5 BR1 L–R 2 M 3 L–B 10 BR1 1 IP1 W–B L–B L–B B6 L–B Y L–R R–G L–W L–B

J34

C A G–W

C A G–W

J10

C B L–Y

C B 4 BQ1 L–Y L–Y D18 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH 5 BQ1 L–R D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH 4 BR1 L–Y

L–Y

L–Y

1

2

1

L–R L–B L–B

M

2

IF2 C B G–W

4 W–B

3 L–B

4 W–B

C B J12 A , J13 B

2 L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW 1 W–B B A L–B B A L–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

9 BQ1 W–B

10 BQ1

9 BR1 W–B

6

Y L–R R–G L–W L–B L L–B R–G R–G W–B W–B W–B A

L–B

IF3

L–R

L–Y

L–R

L–R

L L–B R–G R–G

J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BP

BN

BO

IM

159

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL
G–R L–W R R–W G–W L–Y B–R 8 1D 1 1T HORN RELAY HEAD RELAY 1 5 4 1 15A ECU–IG 15A CIG 10A HORN 40A MAIN FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1

2

W–B

B–R

P–L

2 3 2F W T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN 10 2K

3

3 8 2K

2

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

A ,J6

1 W–L

A

A

A 4 IM1 W–L G–B

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C A

B

G–B

2

B–R

G–W

R–W

L–W

G–R

B–R

L–Y

J5

B B

B B

P–L

R

5

IJ1 W–L

11 IG1 G–B

R–B E E 7 R–B R–B IJ1 J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

18 B LSWR

9 B LUG

3 B CTY

11 B +B1

1 A +B2

7 A TAIL T3 A ,T4

12 B IG B

13 B ACC

3 A SH

6 A HORN

THEFT DETERRENT ECU E 4 A LSWP 17 B LSWD 16 B UL3 7 B L2 6 B UL2 8 B KSW 15 B DSWD 2 B DSWP 1 B TO 2 A HEAD 8 A

W–B

W–B

L–W

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–B

L–R

L–B

Y

L

L

A A A W–B

A , J11

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2

IF1 A , J11 J10

E A

L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR L

J10

F A

Y L–R R–G L–W

1

M

L L–B R–G R–G

160

W–B

IG

B

E B

D B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

SYSTEM OUTLINE
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (LOCK AND UNLOCK) AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR CONTROL (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN) IS PERFORMED BY REMOTE CONTROL, WITHOUT THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE DOOR KEY CYLINDER, USING LOW–POWER ELECTRICAL WAVE EMITTED BY A TRANSMITTER.

1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORS COMPLETELY CLOSED, WHEN THE LOCK BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) IS PUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU RECEIVES THE ELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE TRANSMITTER, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE. AS A RESULT, THE ECU JUDGES WHETHER THE DOOR IS LOCKED OR UNLOCKED BASED ON THE SIGNAL FROM THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW, AND SENDS A SIGNAL TO THE THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU TO SWITCH THE CONDITION FROM LOCK TO UNLOCK OR VICE VERSA, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE.

2. WIRELESS LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN NORMAL OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF), WHEN THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) IS PUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU RECEIVES THE ELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE TRANSMITTER, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE. AS A RESULT, A SIGNAL FROM THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCK SW IS SENT TO THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU, CAUSING THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR TO OPERATE.

3. WIRELESS DOOR UNLOCK OPERATION
PUSHING THE UNLOCK BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) ONCE, DRIVER’S DOOR IS UNLOCKED. FURTHERMORE, PUSHING THE BUTTON AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS, THE OTHER DOORS ARE UNLOCKED.

4. AUTOMATIC LOCK OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORS COMPLETELY CLOSED, AFTER PUSHING THE BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) TO UNLOCK ALL THE DOORS, IF A DOOR IS NOT OPENED WITHIN 30 SECONDS, ALL THE DOORS WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY RELOCKED.

5. WIRELESS CONTROL STOP FUNCTION
IF A DOOR IS OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW TO THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK AND WIRELESS LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN. IF THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE UNLOCK WARNING SW INPUTS A SIGNAL TO THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK AND WIRELESS LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN.

6. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTION
IF THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK CONDITION DOES NOT CHANGE AFTER WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK OPERATION, 2 SECONDS LATER, THE DOOR LOCK ECU SENDS CURRENT THREE TIMES TO THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR. IF THE DOOR LOCK CONDITION STILL HAS NOT CHANGED AS A RESULT, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU STOPS RECEPTION AND STOPS DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK FUNCTION.

7. VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF LOCK OR UNLOCK FUNCTION
IF ALL DOORS INDICATE THEY ARE LOCKED AFTER THE LOCK COMMAND, TAILLIGHTS AND PARKING LIGHTS WILL FLASH ONCE. IF ANY DOOR INDICATES IT IS OPEN AFTER THE LOCK COMMAND, TAILLIGHTS AND PARKING LIGHTS WILL FLASH TWICE.

SERVICE HINTS D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR OPEN

U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)
2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER

W 8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU
8–GROUND 1–GROUND 14–GROUND 10–GROUND : : : : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS ALWAYS CONTINUITY CONTINUITY WITH EACH OF THE DOOR OPEN CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER

161

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE D6 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 F6 A F11 F SEE PAGE 28 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 26 26 CODE I14 A J2 J5 A J6 B J7 J10 A J11 B J12 A J13 B J15 J16 J19 J33 J34 A SEE PAGE 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 CODE J35 B J36 J37 J38 L5 L7 P9 T1 T3 A T4 B U1 W6 W7 W8 SEE PAGE 29 30 30 30 30 30 31 27 29 29 29 27 29 29

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,, SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) CODE
1B 1C
1D

24 24 24 24 24 24 20 20

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

1G 1J 1N 1S 1T 1V 1W 2F 2J 2K CODE IE1 IE2 IF1 IF2 IF3 IG1 IJ1 IM1 IN1 IO1 IO2 IP1 BQ1 BR1

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
SEE PAGE 36 36 36 38 38 38 38 40 40 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IF IG II IL IM BN BO BP SEE PAGE 36 36 36 36 40 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 SEE PAGE 34 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE B6 SEE PAGE 40 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

162

D6

BLACK

D9

D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

1

2

1

1

1

1 1 2 3 1 2 3

D15

D16 BLACK

D17 BLACK

D18 BLACK

D19 BLACK

1 2 3

X

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

F6

A

F11

F

I14

A ORANGE

J2

BLACK

1 1 2 1 X X 19 X X 11

A A A C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

12 X X X 16 17

X X X X 25

J5

A

GRAY

J6

B

GRAY

J7

J10

A

A A A A A A A A A A A C C C A A A A A A B B B

B B B B A A B B X X E E F F

D D D E E E F F F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J11 B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J12 A GRAY J13 B GRAY J15

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A X X B B C C D D E E B B B C C C B B B C C C A A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16 ORANGE (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J33 J34 A BLACK

A A A

A A

A A B

C C A A B B C C D D D E E E

A A A A A A A A E E E (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A B B B B C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

163

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

J35

B

BLACK

J36

J37

J38

L5

B A A B B C C D D D E E E (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) B B B B

A A A A

A A

B B B B B

1 2

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

L7

BLACK

P9

T1

BLACK

T3

A

ORANGE

1 X 3 X 1

4 1 2 1 4 2 X 6 7 8 3

T4

B

ORANGE

U1

W 6 BLACK

W7

1

2 3

6

7 8 9

11 X

1

2

1

2 X 2 3 X

12 13

15 16 17 18 X X X X X X

W8

1 2 3 8 X

4 10 11 X 13

5 X 7 14 15

164

MEMO

165

FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

25A DOOR

1 1D L–W L–W C B C B J34 A , J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A

F13 FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW

L–W

3 BF

BL 5

LL 4

LF 2

L1 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MAIN SW R

2

6 W–B

L–W L–Y

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

1 A +B2

14 B TSW

F18 FUEL LID OPENER MOTOR A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W–B IG

B

A ,T4

TO 2 A L

T3

2 L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR

IF1

1 M

166

W–B BP

L

R–W 1 M 2

1

R–W IF1

SERVICE HINTS F13 FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW 3–2 : CLOSED WITH FUEL LID OPENER SW ON : PARTS LOCATION
CODE F13 F18 J16 28 30 29 SEE PAGE CODE J34 J35 L1 A B 29 29 29 T3 T4 SEE PAGE CODE L7 A B 30 29 29 SEE PAGE

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
CODE 1D SEE PAGE 24

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IF1 36 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG BP 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL BACK PANEL CENTER

F13

F18

GRAY

J16

ORANGE

J34

A

BLACK

J35

B

BLACK

A A A X 2 3 4 5 X 1 2

A A A A C C

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

L1

L7

BLACK

T3

A

ORANGE

T4

B

ORANGE

1 1 2 1

2 X 14 X X X X X X X

167

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

15A CIG

1 1T

P–L A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A P–L

4 B

R4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW OPERATION SW E 8 W–B A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W–B IG SELECT SW

MLH 9 BR–W 10 BR–R

MRH

MLV 3 BR–Y 2 LG–B

MRV

M+ 7

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C C LG–R BR–R LG–R BR–Y LG–B

16

IE2

14

IE2

15 IE2

16 IO2

14 IO2

15 IO2

BR–W

BR–R

LG–R

1

3

2

1

3

M

M

M

M

R16 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH

R17 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

168

LG–R

BR–Y

LG–B

2

LG–R

RIGHT/ DOWN

DOWN

RIGHT

LEFT/ UP

LEFT

UP

SERVICE HINTS R 4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 7–8 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION 4–7 ; CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION : PARTS LOCATION
CODE J4 J7 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J16 R4 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE R16 R17 31 31 SEE PAGE

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
CODE 1T SEE PAGE 24

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IE2 IO2 36 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG
J4

SEE PAGE 36
BLACK

GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL
J7 J16 ORANGE R4 BLACK

C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

A A A

A A X 2 3 4 7 8 9 10

A A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

R16

R17

3 2 1 X

3 2 1 X

169

CRUISE CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

R–L 10A GAUGE F B JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 1D 1 1J R–L 2 IK2 R–L R–L A R–L A A R–L D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D 3 R–L IJ1 C J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C V–W 10 C V–W B–R 9 IK2 B–R A A B–R 3 D C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU PI LG–R TC 5 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B LG–R B D O B 5 IG2 7 IL1 L 2 IL1 LG–R O P O 11 IK3 LG–R 11 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TC E1 3 BR B BR B A , J9 B 6 IK3 A BR A A BR ED J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10 D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 A/D 4 TC E1 3 BR IG+ 1 C A V–W D 10 2 P1 D POSITION SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A R–L J28 A , J29 B

C7 3 D

A ,C9

C , C10

D

COMBINATION METER

12 SPEEDOMETER CRUISE SPD

4 A

13 D

9 C

4 D

4 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D D O

BR

O

V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER)

3 SI

SE

O

R–L

170

BR

IJ

P

L

2

J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

E7

A , E10

D

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

15A ECU–IG

10A ECU–B

15A STOP

S2 17 D

IDLO 11 A

OD1 7 A

9 1J

7 2J W–R

7 1C

J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L–B

3 1W B–R W 10 1V W–R A Y–B L–R B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B 13 IDL 14 OD 9 B BATT C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU STP– GND MO 15 W–R 1 MC 7 B–R L 8 R–G G–B R–B

A

A

7 IK2

CMS

11

10

CCS

ECT

L–B 6

L–B

16

2

J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G–W

W–B

W–L

W

5 CMS CRUISE

4 CCS B A ,J9

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

A B

R–Y A C3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

3 S10 STOP LIGHT SW 1 2 3

C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]

RES/ACCEL

A A

A A W–B

A A

W–B

SET/ COAST

J8

G–W

8 1J W–B

5 1R

M

4

CANCEL 7 1J EP 3 W–B G–W W–B 4 1R

4

A

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II

G–W

R–Y

W 2 1

171

CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE ECU–B FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. D 3 OF THE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL COMBINATION METER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION. D 3 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL A 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION. 1. SET OPERATION WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH). A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED. 2. SET SPEED CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE SPEEDOMETER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 15 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 2 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 15 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THE THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. 3. COAST CONTROL DURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED. 4. ACCEL CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED. 5. RESUME CONTROL UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SET SPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE CANCELLATION. 6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THE ACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. ∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT “D” POSITION (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW EXCEPT “D” POSITION). “SIGNAL IS NOT INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU” ∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU” ∗ PULL THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE ECU” ∗ PUSHING THE MAIN SWITCH (MAIN SW OFF). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE ECU”

172

SYSTEM OUTLINE 7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS
ERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS OFF). WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON. ∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION. ∗ THE MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.

B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS
ERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURN OFF). WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE CANCEL STATE IS CLEARED AS THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON AGAIN. OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING THE MOTOR AND/OR THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH. OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH. MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN THE CRUISE CONTROL SW. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.

∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗

C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED AND
THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.) ∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH) ∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.

D) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL IS
RELEASED.

∗ OPEN THE CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. 8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION ∗ IN OVERDRIVE, IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4
KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THE POWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED. ∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APROX, 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM THE ACTUATOR’S POTENTIOMETER THAT THE UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, THE OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 2 SECONDS. ∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. UPON RECEIVING THIS SIGNAL, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CHANGES THE SHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL. TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE ETC.), THE LOCK–UP RELEASE OF THE TRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.

SERVICE HINTS C 3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
3–4 : APPROX. 38 Ω

C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
5–3 : CONTINUITY WITH THE MAIN SW ON 4–3 : APPROX. 418 Ω WITH THE CANCEL SW ON APPROX. 68 Ω WITH THE RES/ACCEL SW ON APPROX. 198 Ω WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON

C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
9–GROUND 1–GROUND 12–GROUND 10–GROUND : : : : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ALWAYS APPROX 12 VOLTS 4 PLUSES WITH 1 ROTATION OF THE ROTOR SHAFT APPROX. 418 Ω WITH THE CANCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW APPROX. 198 Ω WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW APPROX. 68 Ω WITH THE RES/ACCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW ALWAYS CONTINUITY

16–GROUND :

173

CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C3 C7 C9 C10 C12 C14 D1 D3 E7 A A C D 26 28 28 28 28 28 26 28 28 J8 J9 J15 J17 SEE PAGE CODE E10 J1 J2 J3 J4 A B D 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 J28 J29 J30 P1 S10 V2 SEE PAGE CODE J24 J25 J27 A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 27 29 27 SEE PAGE

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
CODE 1C 1D 1J 1R 1V 1W 2J 20 24 SEE PAGE 24 24

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IG2 IJ1 IK2 IK3 IL1 36 38 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE ED II IJ 34 36 36
C3 B K LAC

SEE PAGE

GROUND POINTS LOCATION SURGE TANK RH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
C7 A B E LU C 9 C G AY R

1 2 3 4

X

4 XX

XX

X

9 10

C D BR W 10 O N

C BLAC 12 K

C 14

3 4

13 345

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516

D1 B K LAC

D3 D R G A AK RY

E7 A

X X X 3 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 10 X X X X X 4 3 X X X 11

7 X X

X 11 X X X

174

E10 D

J1

GRAY

J2

BLACK

J3

X

X

B B B B B B B

D D D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

B B B B

17 X X X X X X X

X X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J4

BLACK

J8

A

GRAY

J9

B GRAY

J15

D D D A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) C C C A A A A A A B B B

A A A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J17 BLUE J24 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J25 J27

C C C C

A A

A A

A A A A A A A

A A A X X

X X

A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J28 A J29

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) B J30

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

P1

GRAY

A A A A A X D D X X X X F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 2 10

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) S10 BLUE

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) V2 BLACK

1 3

2 4

1

2

3

175

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

5A IGN

15A EFI

15A STOP

7 1W B–R

7 1C

7 2K 1 5

W

I5 2 EFI RELAY S10 STOP LIGHT SW

2

3 4 1R G–W 1

5 2C

4 2F

2 2J B–Y

8 2J 5 1R G–W

2

B A

1

3

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A , J29

A J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A G–W B–Y

B B J28

G–B

E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR BR 1 2

T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

W–B

W–B

B

BR

B–Y

E7 23 A +B 14 A BATT 24 A STP

A ,E8

B , E9

C , E10

D 1 C VC 7 C VTA1 20 C THW 22 C E2 NC2+ 9 C V3 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION) G R NC2– 4 C G 2 1

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ODLO

SLN–

OD1

S2

S1

SL

SLN+ 3 D

11 A

7 A

17 D

11 D

27 D

2 C

L–R

Y–B

L–B

L–B

A J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L–B

7 IK2

A W–L B–Y P–L V

13 IDL

14 OD

6 ECT

A L–B

C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU

6 S2 B

3 S1 W

2 SL Y

4 SLN– L

1 SLN+ R

W–B

W–B

E3 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID EC

176

BR

Y

L

AND A/T INDICATOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) R–L

10A GAUGE

1 1J R–L

2 1D

R–L

D

D

R–L

D A J28 A , J29 B

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F B

Y

L–W R–L

C A R–B A B J28 2 IK2 L–W R–B Y V–W D R–L J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C A , J29 C A B

R–B

R–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR V–W 3 IJ1 V–W R–L 3 D 5 B G–O C 7 IL1 L 2 IL1 P C C G–O G–O 2 O2 O/D MAIN SW 4 BR J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR O/D OFF 4 D P 13 D L 3 SI 2 SE

1 A L

10 A 2

15 A R

12 A SPD

C , E10

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

A A A R–L R–L C8 B , C9 C , C10 D 10 C COMBINATION METER J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B ,E9

OD2 6 A G–O

16 B BR

28 D BR

34 D BR

33 D BR

11

IJ1 G–O

J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A

V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER) IG+

BR

SPEEDOMETER 9 C

E7

A ,E8

EO3

EO1

EO2

E1

W–B

A BR BR BR BR R–L

1

BR EE

ED

IJ

177

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
R–L R–L P1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

2 C

LL 4 Y

2L 3 L–W

DL 10 B–R

NL 9 R

RL 8 R–B

PL 7 G–W 4 IK2 G–W B B 15 12 B P G–W G–W IJ1 J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

5

IK2 J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y

6

IK2

9

IK2

1

IL1

3 IK3

L–W

Y

E E

D D D

A

L–W

L–W

R–B

R–B

A

R–B

R–B

L–W

B–R

J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Y

5 1V

16

IJ1 Y

13

IJ1 L–W

14

IJ1 B–R R

10 1H R–B 14 B C , C10 R B ,C9 D

9 B

10 B

2 C

1 C

D

15 B

C8

COMBINATION METER

W–B

A W–B W–B A A

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

178

W–B

IG

N

L

2

R–B

B–R

R

E

AND A/T INDICATOR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING THE MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.

1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
DURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL NC2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR THE 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE → TERMINAL 6 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOID NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR THE 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.

2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.

3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.

4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT ∗ OVERDRIVE ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET. ∗ OVERDRIVE OFF WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED TO OFF (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS ON), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND. CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.

179

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
E7
A,

SERVICE HINTS E 8 B ,E 9 C ,E10

D

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

S1, S2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE SOLENOID ON 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID OFF L–E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION 2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION R–E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITION STP–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 60SC (140SF) –120SC (248SF) VTA1–E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED VC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OD1–E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 0D2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF 0–3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON +B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION

0 2 O/D MAIN SW
2–4 : CLOSED WITH THE O/D MAIN SW OFF, OPEN WITH THE O/D MAIN SW ON

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C8 B C9 C C10 D C14 E3 E4 E7 A E8 B E9 C SEE PAGE 28 28 28 28 26 26 28 28 28 CODE E10 D J4 J7 J16 J17 J24 J25 J26 J27 SEE PAGE 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 CODE J28 A J29 B J30 O2 P1 S10 T2 V2 V3 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 29 27 29 27 27 27

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,, SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) CODE
1C 1D 1H 1J 1R 1V 1W 2C 2F 2J 2K CODE IJ1 IK2 IK3 IL1 24 24 24

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

20 20

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
SEE PAGE 38 38 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE EC ED EE IG IJ SEE PAGE 34 34 34 36 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE I5 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

180

AND A/T INDICATOR
C8 B C 9 C GRAY C10 D BROWN

X

5 X

9 10

12

14 15

1 2

X

9 10

3 4

13

C14

E 3 GRAY

E 4 DARK GRAY

E7 A

E8 B

6 13 14

1 2 3 4 X 6

1 2

1 10 14 15 X 23 24

X 11

6 7 12 X X

X

X

16

E9 C

E10 D

J 4 BLACK

J7

1 2 X 4 7 X 9 X X X 20 22

X 3 X 11 17 X X X X 27 28 X X X X X 33 34

D D D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J16 ORANGE

J17 BLUE

J24

J25

A A A A A A A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J26

C C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J27

A A A A A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A

X

A A X X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J29 B

J28 A

A A A

A A A A A B B C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) D D X X A A B B X X F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J30 O 2 BLUE P 1 GRAY (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) S10 BLUE

A A A A A B B B B D D D E E E (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

2 4

X 7

2 8

3 4 9 10

1

2

T 2 BLACK

V 2 BLACK

V 3 BLACK

1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2

181

SHIFT LOCK
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

15A CIG

15A ECU–IG

15A STOP

1 1T

8 1D

7 1C W

P–L

B–R

2

S10 STOP LIGHT SW

A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C

1 G–W 4 1R 2 1H G–W 2 STP E 3 W–B A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II IG W–B W–B

B–R

P–L

1 ACC

5 IG

S5 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU

KLS+ 4 L–B 5 IG1 2 K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID 1 8 1J 7 1J L–B W–B A

A W–B

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

182

SERVICE HINTS S 5 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU
1–GROUND 5–GROUND 3–GROUND 2–GROUND 4–GROUND : : : : : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ALWAYS CONTINUITY APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN P POSITION 6–12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN EXCEPT P POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J5 J7 J8 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 CODE J15 J16 K3 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 CODE S5 S10 SEE PAGE 29 29

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
CODE 1C 1D 1H 1J 1R 1T SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE IG1 SEE PAGE 36 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG II SEE PAGE 36 36
J5 GRAY

GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
J7 J8 GRAY J15

A A A A A A A A A A A C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J16

ORANGE

K3

BLACK

S5

S10

BLUE

A A A

A A 1 2

1 2 3 4 5

A A A A A A A A

1

2

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

183

ELECTRIC MODULATED SUSPENSION
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) E7 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 15A ECU–IG 15A STOP TACH 13 9 1J B–R 7 1C B–O

W

A B–R S6 STEERING SENSOR A A

G–W

1 IG

D B 1 J28 14 NEO FB– 10 FA– 12 L–W L–B C E E C F C B–O E L–B 3 4 L–W 1

J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

4 1R

FSS 2

SS2 7 R–G

SS1 8 R

B–R

A G–W G–W

17 SS2

16 SS1

2 +B

26 STP A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU

W–B

SW1 21

SW2 3

GND 1

FA– 13

FB+ 11

L–Y

J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C L–W

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Y

V

F

L

C

A , J29

5 1R

S10 STOP LIGHT SW

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2 F A B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–B L L–Y

W–B W–B 1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B A B ECU1 4 ECU2 B

J8

A , J9

F

C

W–B

GND A25 2 ABSORBER CONTROL SW W–B 5 2

8 1J

7 1J A11 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT LH W–B

A W–B A A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

II

184

L

A A

L–Y

J8

A , J9

B

BR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B A B

BR

A23 ABS ECU

A19 ABS AND TRACTION ECU

D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2

3 E1

D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 6 IK3

RRO 6 GR–L

FRO 15 GR–R

RRO 6 GR–L

FRO 19 GR–R

TEM 15

TC 4 LG–R

TC 11 LG–R

TS 16

E1 3

BR

B R–Y B B LG–R LG–R A

A

A

6 IM3

1 IM3

GR–R

GR–L

18 RRO

20 FRO

4 TEM

22 TC

19 TS

A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU

RB– 5 R

RB+ 6 R–Y

RA– 7 R–W

RA+ 8 L–R

D L–W J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

E

F

B B F E D L–R R–W R–Y R

L–B L L–Y

D R

E R–Y

F R–W

B L–R

2 IM3 L–Y

7 IM3 L

3 IM3 L–B

8 IM3 L–W

6 ID1 R

4 ID1 R–Y

10 ID1 R–W

2 ID1 L–R

2 IN1 R

5 IN1 R–Y

6 IN1 R–W

1 IN1 L–R

5

2

3

1

4

5

2

3

4

5

2

3

W–B

W–B

A

W–B

W–B

J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

A12 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT RH

4

A35 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR LH

1

A36 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR RH

1

B6 BR ED

EA

BN

BO

IM

BR

J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

11 IK3

P

BR

185

ELECTRONIC MODULATED SUSPENSION
SYSTEM OUTLINE
ELECTRIC MODULATED SUSPENSION SYSTEM IS THE DAMPING FORCE CONTROL SYSTEM USING SEVERAL SIGNALS WHICH RESTRAINS THE VEHICLE MOVEMENT (SUCH AS ROLLING, DRIVING, AND SQUAD) BY A DRIVER’S OPERATION TOGETHER WITH RESTRAINING AND ABSORBING THE VEHICLE MOVEMENT CHANGE AND VIBRATION AGAINST THE UNEVENNESS OF THE ROAD. (1) STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL TO INPUT THE ROTATION ANGLE OF THE STEERING WHEEL INTO THE TERMINALS SS1 AND SS2 OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU. (2) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL TO DETECT THE VEHICLE SPEED AT ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH AND INPUT TO THE TERMINALS FRO AND RRO OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU FROM ABS ECU OR ABS AND TRACTION ECU. (3) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL TO DETECT THE SIGNAL OF THE BRAKE IN OPERATION AND INPUT IT INTO THE TERMINAL STP OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU. (4) ENGINE ROTATION SIGNAL TO DETECT THE ENGINE SPEED AND INPUT IT INTO THE TERMINAL NEO OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU. (5) ABSORBER CONTROL SW SIGNAL TO DETECT THE SWITCH CONDITION AND INPUT IT INTO THE TERMINALS SW1 AND SW2 OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU.

SERVICE HINTS A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 26–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

S 6 STEERING SENSOR
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A11 A12 A19 A23 A24 A25 A35 A36 SEE PAGE 26 26 28 28 28 28 30 30 CODE D1 D3 E27 J1 J3 J8 A J9 B J15 See Page 26 28 28 29 29 29 29 29 Code J24 J27 J28 A J29 B J37 S6 S10 See Page 29 29 29 29 30 29 29

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
Code 1C 1J 1R See Page 24

Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE ID1 IK3 IM3 IN1 SEE PAGE 36 38 38 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
Code EA ED II IM BN BO See Page 34 34 36 36 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B6 SEE PAGE 40 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

186

A 11 GRAY

A GRAY 12

A 19

A 23

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

X X X

6 X X 19 X X 15

6 X

A24 GRAY

A 25 BLACK

A GRAY 35

1 2 3 4 14 X 16 17

5 6 7 8 18 19 20 21 22

X 10 11 12 13 X X X 26

1 2 X 4 3 5

1 2 4

A36 GRAY

D 1 BLACK

D 3 DARK GRAY

1 3 5 4 2 X X 3 X X X X X X X X 11 16 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 4 3 X X X 15

E7

J 1 GRAY

J3

X 13 X X X

B B B B B B B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A C C C

E E E F F F F

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J 8 A GRAY

J 9 B GRAY

J15

J24

A A A A A A A C C C A A A A A A B B B A A A

A A

A A A A A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

187

ELECTRIC MODULATED SUSPENSION

J27

J28 A

J29 B

J37

A A A A A B B B B C C C D D D E E E F F F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) X X F F D D X X

A A A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

S 6 GRAY

S10 BLUE

1 1 2 X X X X 7 8 X X

2

188

MEMO

189

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1

3 60A ABS 2 3 GR–R ABS MOTOR RELAY 1 4 3 W–R

3

2

GR–L

3 1 2 5 4 ABS SOL RELAY 3 3 3 3 6 3 GR–R

GR–R

R–L

GR–L

R–L

W–B

W–L

GR

A19 A , A20 B , A21 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU

1 A R+

24 A MR

SR 11 A

GND3 9 C

GND2 10 C

SFRH 13 A

SFRR 26 A

GR W–R 3 B B W–R W–B R–B W–R W–B W–B 9 B W–L 4 A A7 W–B A ,A8 E1 W–B W–B W–B E1 W–B E1 EB EA

ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR

190

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

15A ECU–IG

15A STOP

9 1J

7 1C

A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU G–W FRO RRO 18 GR–L 6 IM3 GR–L

B–R

A

W 2 5 1R S10 STOP LIGHT SW 4 1R 1

A

A

1 IM3 B–R G–W GR–R G–W

R–L

GR–R

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

20

R–L

8 B IG1

A19 A , A20 B , A21 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU

16 B STP

19 A FRO

6 A RRO

SFLH 2 C

SFLR 1 C

SRRH 8 C

SRRR 7 C

SRLH 25 A

SRLR 12 A

SRC1 5 C

SRC2 4 C

SMC1 12 C

SMC2 6 C

AST 10 A

MT 14 A

GND1 15 A

LG–B

W–R

R–W

12 B

6 B

11 B

5 B

10 B

4 B

7 B

2 B

8 B

1 B

5 A

3 A

M

A7

A , A8

B

2 A

1 A

ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR W–B W–R W–R

W–B

W–B

E1

W–B

W–L

R–G

G–Y

B–R

Y–R

B–Y

Y–B

L–B

R

191

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2

(SHORT PIN) WB 23 R–L TS 16 R–Y 22 G–B WA TC 11 LG–R E1 3 E1 3 BR TC 4 LG–R ABS 14 R–L TRC 17 L C B J28 A , J29 B

B JUNCTION CONNECTOR A ,J9 C A BR

4 IK3

8 IK3

5 IK3

11 IK3 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LG–R

G–B

R–Y

R–L

J8

B B BR A A A A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

F J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C

B

LG–R 12 IJ1

L

8 IM2

F R–Y

C C

B LG–R

G–B

G–B

G–B

R–L

6 IK3 BR 5 IM2 R–L LG–R G–B R–Y A 12 IM2 J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

2 IM1 R–L L

A

BR A19 A , A20 B , A21 C

23 A TS

4 B WA

9 A TC

22 A D/G

12 B WT

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

FL+ 5 A

FL– 4 A

FR+ 17 A

FR– 18 A

RL+ 2 B

RL– 1 B

RR+ 9 B

RR– 10 B

W

G

G

R

R

B

W

1 IM2

6 IM2

3 ID1

9 ID1

3 IN1

9 IN1

G

R

W

G

R

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

2

A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH

A33 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH

A34 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH

192

B

B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

R–L 10A GAUGE 3 D

C8

B , C10

D

COMBINATION METER

2 1D TRAC OFF ABS SLIP

6 D 19 IJ1

7 D

4 B D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G–B

LG

L

L

G–B 18 IJ1 R–L

BR A19 A , A20 B , A21 C 3 B IND

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

CSW 11 B LG

LG

NEO 15 B

EFI+ 6 B

EFI– 14 B

TRC+ 13 B

TRC– 5 B

W

G

B

T5 TRAC OFF SW 1 W–B

19 A NEO

26 A EFI+

25 A EFI–

28 A TRC+

27 A TRC–

A B J8 A A W–B A , J9 B E7 A ,E9 C

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE E2 22 C VTA1 7 C VC 1 C

8 1J

BR

L

4

BR–W

R–L D

7 1J W–B 2 E2 J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ED 3 VTA 1 VC

A

BR

Y

L

193

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
(ABS) ABS IS A BRAKE SYSTEM DESIGNED FOR THE PURPOSE TO IMPROVE THE OPERATING ABILITY SECURING THE STABILITY OF THE VEHICLE BY PREVENTING THE LOOKING–UP OF THE VEHICLE CONTROLLING THE WHEEL CYLINDER PRESSURE OF ALL THE FOUR WHEELS AT THE TIME OF SUDDEN BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+, AND RR+ OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU. STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.

(2)

2. SYSTEM OPERATION
WHEN THE WHEELS ARE TO BE LOCKED–UP, THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR WILL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SIGNAL FROM THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU AND THE BRAKE FLUID IN THE WHEEL CYLINDER WILL FLOW THROUGH THE RESERVOIR AND REDUCE THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. WHILE THE ABS IS IN OPERATION, AS THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU IS ALWAYS OUTPUTTING THE OPERATION SIGNAL TO THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, BRAKE FLUID STORED INSIDE THE RESERVOIR WILL BE SUCTIONED UP BY THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND RETURNED TO THE MASTER CYLINDER. WHEN THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS DECOMPRESSED OR INCREASED UNTIL THE NECESSARY HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS CONTROLLED BY THE CONTROL SIGNAL FROM THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU AND AS A RESULT, HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER WILL BE CLOSED AT BOTH ROUTES OF THE MASTER CYLINDER AND RESERVOIR SIDES AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER WILL BECOME TO BE IN THE HOLDING CONDITION. IF THE INCREASE OF HYDRAULIC PRESSURE VOLUME OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER BECOMES NECESSARY, WITH THE CONTROL SIGNAL FROM THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU, THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR WILL BE CONTROLLED AND BECOME THE SAME CONDITION AS USUAL AND THE BRAKE FLUID OF THE MASTER CYLINDER WILL BE SENT TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER AND WILL INCREASE THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER. AT THIS TIME, IN THE CASE THAT THE BRAKE FLUID STAYS LEFT IN THE RESERVOIR, IT WILL BE SUCTIONED UP BY THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND WILL BE SENT TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER. ALSO, INCREASING SPEED OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS CONTROLLED BY OUTPUTTING THE INCREASING AND THE SAID HOLDING ONE AFTER ANOTHER. (TRACTION CONTROL) TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO PERFORM THE ENGINE OUTPUT CONTROL BY THE FUEL CUT AND HYDRAULIC PRESSURE CONTROL OF DRIVING WHEEL BRAKE AND CONTROL THE SPINNING OF THE DRIVING WHEELS. BY DOING THIS, IT IMPROVES STARTING ACCELERATION AND OPERATING ABILITY OF THE VEHICLE SECURING THE DRIVING ABILITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ROAD SURFACE CONDITION.

3. TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION
ESTIMATING THE VEHICLE SPEED FROM THE REAR WHEEL SPEED, COMPARING IT WITH THE FRONT, DRIVING WHEEL SPEED AND JUDGING THE GRIP CONDITION OF THE DRIVING WHEELS. FROM THE ESTIMATED VEHICLE SPEED, TARGET SPEED OF THE DRIVING SPEED WILL BE SET. WHEN THE FRONT, DRIVING WHEEL SPEED EXCEEDS THE CONTROL STARTING SPEED, IT JUDGES THAT THE TIRE SLIP IS OCCURRED AND PERFORMS THE FUEL CUT CYLINDER NUMBER CONTROL AND BRAKE CONTROL AND THEN ADJUST TO MAKE THE FRONT WHEEL SPEED BECOME THE TRACTION CONTROL TARGET SPEED. CONTROLLING OF THE TRACTION CONTROL WILL BE COMPLETED WHEN THE VEHICLE MOVE ONTO THE ROAD WHERE THE DRIVING WHEELS WILL NOT HAVE A TIRE SLIP OR WHEN THE DRIVER DECELERATE.

194

SERVICE HINTS A19 A , A20 B ,A21
IG1 – GND R+ – SR R+ – MR WA – GND

C

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT OFF : 0–1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : 0–2 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT ON : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT OFF STP – GND : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF : 8–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON D/G – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT ON MT – GND : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION NEO – GND : PULES GENERATION WITH IDLING IND – GND : 0–2 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT ON : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT OFF WT – GND : 0–2 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT ON ; 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT OFF CSW – GND : 0–2 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF SW PUSHED : 8–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF SW RELEASED TC, TS – GND : 8–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION TRC+, TRC– – GND : PULES GENERATION WITH TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE EFI+, ERI– – GND : PULES GENERATION WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION SRLH, SRLH, AST – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND WARNING LIGHT OFF SFLH, SRRR, SRRH – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND WARNING LIGHT OFF SFRR, SFRH, SFLR – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND WARNING LIGHT OFF SRC1, SRC2, SMC1, SMC2 – GND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT OFF

S10 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

A 9, A10, A34, A35 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–2 : 1.5–1.7 KΩ (20°C 68°F)

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A7 A A8 B A9 A10 A19 A A20 B A21 C A24 A33 A34 SEE PAGE 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 30 30 CODE C8 B C10 D D1 D3 E7 A E9 C J1 J3 J4 J8 A SEE PAGE 28 28 26 28 28 28 29 29 29 29 CODE J9 B J15 J24 J27 J28 A J29 B J30 S10 T2 T5 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 27 29

: RELAY BLOCKS

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
23 CODE 1C 1D 1J 1R SEE PAGE 24 24 24

CODE 3

SEE PAGE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM NO.3 R/B (RADIATOR UPPER SUPPORT RH)

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

195

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE ID1 IJ1 IK3 IH1 IM2 IM3 IN1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE ( (RIGHT KICK PANEL) ) 36 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EB ED II 34 34 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E1
A7 A GRAY

SEE PAGE 34

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
A8 B BLACK

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

A9

GRAY

A10 GRAY

1 3 4

2 5 1 7 2 8 3 4 5 6

1

2

1

2

9 10

11 12

A19

A

A20

B

A21 C

1

X X 4 5 6 X X 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 X 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 7

2 8

X

4

5

6

14 15 X 17 18 19 X X 22 23 24 25 26

9 10 X 12

A24 GRAY

A33 GRAY

A34 GRAY

C8

B

X X 18 20 X X X

2 1

2 1

X

4

X

196

C10 D BROWN

D 1 BLACK

D 3 DARK GRAY

3

6

7 X X 3 X X X X X X X X 11 16 X X X X X 22 23 X X X X X X X X 4 3 X X 17 X 14

E7 A

E9 C

J 1 GRAY

J3

X 7 19 X X X 25 26 27 28

1

X X X

B B B B B B B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A

X

X 22

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J 4 BLACK

J 8 A GRAY

J 9 B GRAY

J15

D D D A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) C C C A A A A A A B B B

A A A A

A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J24 J27 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J28 A J29 B

A A A A A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) X X X X C C

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J30 S10 BLUE T 2 BLACK

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) T 5 BLACK

C C C

F F F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

1 2 3 1 2 1 X X 4

197

ABS
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 8 IM2 R–L 4 IK3

60A ABS

R–L

R–L

2

GR–R J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A ABS SOL RELAY R–L BR D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 3 E1 BR 23 WB (*1) E1 6 IK3 3 BR BR JUNCTION CONNECTOR GR–R LG–R R–L GR 3 ABS 14 TC 4 TC 11 LG–R TS 16 R–Y WA 22 G–B 5 IK3 G–B C C F R–Y C G–B G–B J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR 4 A WA 9 B 3 B R–W MT 11 IK3 8 IK3 R–Y F 8 A TS SRLR 12 B 16 B LG–B 6 A 5 B R AST A , J9 B J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LG–R B J8 B B 11 A D/G 9 A TC B SRRH 21 B SRRR 22 B SRLH 5 B W–R R–G 4 A 8 A 2 A B G–Y LG–R

3

3

3

ABS MOTOR RELAY

1

3 2

1

4

5

2

4 3 3 3 GR–L 3 W–B 3 W–L 6

W–R

B B

C A

7 B MR

18 B SR

8 B R+

A22

ABS ECU

SFRH 4 B W–B

SFRR 1 B

SFLH 10 B

SFLR 11 B

W–R

E4

1 B

4 B

W–L

W–B

1 A

5 A

3 A

7 A

W–R

W–B

M

2 B A5 A , A6

ABS ACTUATOR W–B

198

W–L

R–B

L–B

BR A , A23

* 1 : SHORT PIN

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

10A GAUGE

15A ECU–IG

15A STOP

2 1D R–L

9 1J B–R

7 1C W A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH 1 2 A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH 1 2

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

D R–L

A

S10 STOP LIGHT SW

D

A

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2

G

4 1R 6 IM2 1 IM2

7 G–B

5 1R G–W

J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

G–B A G–W

BR

2 A IG1

12 A STP

20 B FL–

19 B FL+

14 B FR–

3 B FR+

A22 A , A23 ABS ECU GND GND RRO 6 B FRO 15 B

B

RR– 7 A 1 A

RR+

RL– 10 A 3 A

W RL+ 3 ID1 R

G

R

13 B

2 B

W

W–B

W–B

GR–R

GR–L

9 IN1 6 IM3 1 IM3

3 IN1

9 ID1

GR–R

GR–L

G

B

B

12 IJ1

B–R

G–W

3

C10 ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

1

R

E1

18 RRO W–B W–B

20 FRO

W–B

A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU

2

1

2

1

EA

EB

A34 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH

A33 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH

BR ED

W

G

R

B

199

ABS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.

1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU. (2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.

2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.

SERVICE HINTS A22 A , A23 B ABS ECU (CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR) 2–GROUND 13–GROUND A 2–GROUND A 12–GROUND
B B

: : : :

ALWAYS CONTINUITY ALWAYS CONTINUITY APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED

A 6 B ABS ACTUATOR 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY S10 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A5 A6 A9 A10 A22 A23 A24 A B A B 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 SEE PAGE CODE A33 A34 C10 D1 D3 J3 J4 30 30 28 26 28 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J8 J9 J24 J27 J30 S10 A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 3 SEE PAGE 23 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM NO. 3 R/B (RADIATOR UPPER SUPPORT RH)

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
CODE 1C 1D 1J 1R SEE PAGE 24 24 24

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

200

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE ID1 IJ1 IK3 IM2 IM3 IN1 36 38 38 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EB ED 34 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E1 SEE PAGE 34
A 5 A BLACK

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
A 6 B GRAY A 9 GRAY

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

A10 GRAY

A22 A

1 5

2 6

3 7

4 8

1 3 4

2 5

1

2

1

2

1 2 3

4 X X

7 8 9 10 11 12

A23 B

A24 GRAY

A33 GRAY

A34 GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 X 18 19 20 21 22 X 18 20

X X X X

2 1

2 1

C10 BROWN

D 1 BLACK

D 3 DARK GRAY

3

7 X X 3 X X X X X X X X 11 16 X X X X X 22 23 X X X X X X X 14

X X 4 3 X X

201

ABS
J3 J4 BLACK J8 A GRAY J9 B GRAY

A A A A A

D D D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) B B B C C C B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J24 J27 J30

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) S10 BLUE

A A

A A

A A A A A C C C F F F F 1 2

A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

202

SRS
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year. S Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of information when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery. Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the “LOCK” position and the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. (The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.) When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will be canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by the audio memory system. When work is finished, reset the audio systems as before and adjust the clock. To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle. Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, and airbag sensor assembly should be inspected. Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts. Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, or airbag sensor assembly in order to reuse it. If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly or airbag sensor assembly has been dropped, or if there are cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones. Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, or airbag sensor assembly directly to hot air or flames. Use a volt/ohmmeter with a high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’s electrical circuits. Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices. After work on the SRS is completed, check the SRS warning light. If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the Repair Manual.

S

S S S S S

S S S S S

203

SRS
The SRS has connectors which possess the functions described below: 1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the connector is disconnected, the short spring plate automatically connects the power source and grounding terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference between the terminals.

2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM This mechanism is designed to electrically check if connectors are connected correctly and completely. The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so that the connection detection pin connects with the diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in the locked condition.

204

3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISM With this mechanism connectors (male and female connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs interfere and prevent the secondary lock.

205

SRS

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

5A IGN

15A CIG

10A ECU–B

4 1N

2 1N A31 AIRBAG SQUIB (STEERING WHEEL PAD) A30 AIRBAG SQUIB (FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY)

7 2J

B–O

GR

3 1W 1 SPIRAL CABLE 1 2 W–R Y–G Y–R Y–B Y 8 2 2 1G

W–R

15 IG2

16 ACC

7 D+

6 D–

3 P+

2 P– 9 LA 5 B–Y B–Y

A29 AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY E1 10 E2 9 TC 8 P–B

C10 SRS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

W–B

W–B

B LG–R D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 4 TC E1 3 BR 11 IK3 LG–R B B LG–R

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2 A A A LG B–Y

IG2

1 1N

3 1N

7

IK3 LG 5 AB E1 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 3 BR A

B C A JUNCTION CONNECTOR A ,J9

7 1J

3 1V

11 TC

J8

B B BR

W–B

W–B

6

IK3 BR A

II

IF

206

BR ED

A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

SYSTEM OUTLINE THE SRS IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE TO TERMINAL 15. IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL, CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 7 AND 3 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIBS → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 AND 2 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 9 OR TERMINAL 10 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND, SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIBS AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE PASSENGER. : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A29 A30 A31 C10 28 28 28 28 J8 SEE PAGE CODE D1 D3 J1 A 26 28 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J9 J15 J24 B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1G 1J 1N 1V 1W 2J

24

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

20

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTUMENT PANEL J/B) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)

IG2 IK3

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION SURGE TANK RH COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

ED IF II

207

SRS

A29 YELLOW

A30 YELLOW

A31 YELLOW

C10 BROWN

X 2

3 X A B

5 6

7 8 1 2 1 2

8 9

9 10

X X

X X

15 16

D1

BLACK

D3

DARK GRAY

J1

GRAY

A A A X X 3 X X X X X X 5 X X X X 11 X X X X X X X X 4 X X X X

B B

A A A B B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 3 X X

J 8 A GRAY

J 9 B GRAY

J15

J24

A A C C C B B B A A

A A

A A

A A

A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

208

MOON ROOF
SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE → TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL A 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND. AS A RESULT, POWER RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY FLOWS FORM TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. 1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION WHEN TURNING THE SLIDE OPEN SW “ON” WITH THE ROOF CLOSED, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY WILL MAKE THE MOTOR ROTATE TO THE “OPEN” DIRECTION UNTIL THEY BECOME ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS SUCH AS THE TERMINAL IG BECOMES “OFF” OR ANY OF THE SWS IS TURNED “ON” OR THE TIME LIMIT (ABOUT 20 SECONDS) IS UP OR THE CURRENT GOES UP THE UPPER LIMIT (ABOUT 17 AMPERE). 2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION WHEN TURNING THE SLIDE CLOSE SW (TILT UP) “ON” WITH THE ROOF OPEN, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY WILL MAKE THE MOTOR ROTATE TO THE “CLOSE” DIRECTION UNTIL THEY BECOME HALF POSITION (LS1 SW TURNS FROM “ON” TO “OFF”). UNDER THE CONDITION WITH THE ROOF HALF CLOSED, WHEN TURNING THE SLIDE CLOSE SW (TILT UP) “ON” AGAIN, THEY WILL MAKE THE MOTOR ROTATE UNTIL THE ROOF IS COMPLETELY CLOSED. 3. TILT UP OPERATION WITH THE ROOF CLOSED, WHEN THE TILT UP SWITCH IS PUSHED ON, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY DRIVES THE MOTOR IN DIRECTION OF UP (LS1 SW OFF, LS2 SW OFF). 4. TILT DOWN OPERATION WHEN THE ROOF UP, WHEN THE TILT DOWN SWITCH (SLIDE OPEN) IS PUSHED ON, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY DRIVES THE MOTOR IN DIRECTION OF DOWN, AND THE MOTOR STOPS AT FULLY DOWN POSITION (LS1 SW OFF TO ON). 5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DOOR FUSE TO TERMINAL A 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL A 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER RELAY→ TERMINAL 2 → GROUND FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY →TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR COURTESY SW ON)WITHIN ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS 6 OR A 6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF AND OPEN OPEN CLOSE MOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.

209

MOON ROOF
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1

25A DOOR

10A GAUGE

30A POWER

2

M2 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

1 POWER RELAY 2

5 4 IG

3

1 1D L–W

5 1G

7 1J

7 1F

B

L

A , J35

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C B

A A L–W

J34

R–B

LIMIT SW2 1 A I14 A 7 3 A 10 7 3

LIMIT SW1 2 G–W

GND

TILT UP

SLIDE OPEN

MOTOR+ 5

MOTOR– 1

INTEGRATION RELAY 6 6 A

R–L R–G G–W R–L G 2 R 1 M 3 W–B W–B B2 W–B A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II 3 1V W–B IF BQ

7 1S

A , J35

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

E A

B

6

5

LS2 W–B

R–G

R–G

LS1

D B

J34

4 W–B W–B

M3 MOON ROOF MOTOR AND LIMIT SW

7 IP1

R–G

B4 W–B

W–B

B2

D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

1

D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH

1

3 1F

210

SERVICE HINTS POWER RELAY 5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : PARTS LOCATION
CODE D9 D10 I14 A 30 30 28 SEE PAGE CODE J15 J34 J35 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE M2 M3 31 31 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 24 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ROOF WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

1D 1F 1G 1J 1S 1V

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

IP1

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 36 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH ROOF LEFT

IF II BQ

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 40
D10

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ROOF WIRE
I14 A ORANGE

CODE

SEE PAGE 40
J15

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ROOF WIRE
J34 A BLACK

B2
D9

B4

1

1 1 X 3 X X X X 6 X X

A A A A

A A A A E E E

X X X X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J35

B

BLACK

M2

M3

1 2 C C D D D

3

4 5 X 7 X

1 3 5

2 4 6

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

211

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

15A CIG

7. 5A PANEL

7. 5A DOME

5 1D 6 1J 1 1T

12 2J

G

P–L

1 1W A P–L J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A 8 1G

G

A A P–L A B 2 C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 4 G R J12 A , J13 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A J5 A , J6 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B

3 W–B ILL+

1 B+ C6 CLOCK

ACC– EARTH– 4 2

P–L W–B

A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

W–B

A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II IG

212

W–B

R

R

SERVICE HINTS C 5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY C 6 CLOCK 1–GROUND : 4–GROUND : 2–GROUND : 3–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION ALWAYS CONTINUITY APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C5 C6 J5 A 28 28 29 SEE PAGE CODE J6 J7 J12 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J13 J15 J16 B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 24 24 24 25 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

1D 1G 1J 1T 1W 2J

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 36
C6

GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BLACK J5 A GRAY J6 B GRAY J7

IG II
C5

A A A A A 2 4 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 1 2 3 4 A A A A A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J12

A

GRAY

J13

B

GRAY

J15

J16

ORANGE

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

A A

A A A

A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

213

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 NOISE FILTER 1 10A MIRROR– HEATER 2

40A DEF

10A HEATER

2

7 1J W–B

4 1D B–Y

5 1T B–Y

3 1R L–B B J20 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B 13 1J 5 1 DEFOGGER RELAY 3 2 1 1L 12 1J 23 8 ID1 RDFG Y–G B L–B

5 IO2 B–Y

5 IE2 B–Y J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 20 IE2 W–B R16 MIRROR HEATER LH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH] W–B 6 4 B B

J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

20 IO2

W–B

R17 MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH] W–B 6 4 B B

W–B

A14 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]

7 1G 1 3 1V C17 CHOKE COIL

W–B

W–B

A

II

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

IL

214

W–B

IF

B

SERVICE HINTS DEFOGGER RELAY 5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY] ON : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 C17 J15 28 30 29 SEE PAGE CODE J20 J36 J38 29 30 30 SEE PAGE CODE R16 R17 31 31 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

1D 1G 1J 1L 1R 1T 1V
CODE

24 24 24 SEE PAGE 36 36 38

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

ID1 IE2 IO2

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 36 36
A1 4

GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL
C17 J1 5 J2 0 BL AC K

IF II IL

A 1 X X 23 A A A

A A B B

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7) (H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )

J36

J3 8

R16

R17

B B B B B

B B B B B 6 X 4 6 X 4

(H IN T : SE E P A G E 7 )

(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7)

215

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

15A ECU–IG

5A TEL

8 1D B–R

1 2J

C

C

B–R

4 IF1

B–R

B1

B–R

J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–R

2 ID2 G–B

T 7 ,A

T 8

B 10 B IG G–B

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

9 B +B

R

G–B

5

4

16

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

3 B

17 B

15 G

14 W W W

2 B–R

8 R–W

1 G W W

R

6 GR–W

24 BR D1 3 B (SHIELDED) 3 B D1 Y

GND 11 B

PH+ 1 B

PH– 6 B

HOOK 4 B

PWR 11 A

TAF+ 2 B

TAF– 7 B

RAF– 7 A

RAF+ 2 A

(SHIELDED)

W–B

B–R

W

R–W

GR

W

3 ID2

4 ID2

W

W

R

B–R

2 A IG+

1 A HOOK

2 B PWR

7 B TAF+

8 B RAF+

2 PHI+

1 PHI– C12 TELEPHONE MICROPHONE [COMB. SW]

A

J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C15 A , C16

B

CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)

BN

216

O

O

R

TELI 24

A14 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

1 ID2 L–R

L–R

T 7 ,A T 8 3 A TEL1 R–B BR L 13 MUTE TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER GND 11 R 12 O 18 Y 23 B 10 B Y–B D2 6 A D3 1 A GND3 8 A GND2 8 B MUTE 4 A RLI+ 5 B RLI– 12 B 5 AUDIO(+) 3 G–W 22 25 19 6 TEL(–) 2 TEL(+) 1 SP–CNT

B

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

L

SPEAKER RELAY

AUDIO(–) 9 R–W

RL–SP(+) 4 L–W

RL–SP(–) 10 B–W RLO– 12 A 6 BQ1

RLO+ 5 A

BR

O

R

B

B

Y–B

B

Y

W–B

7 BQ1

B

7 IF1 W–B

10 IF1

11

IF1

Y–B

B

D2

D3

GND2

GND1

GND

10 TEL MUTE R2 RADIO AND PLAYER

2 RL+

Y

4 B

5 B

6 B

1 B

3 A

6 RL–

2

+ –

1

S8 STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

R10 REAR DOOR SPEAKER LH

C15 A , C16

B

A

CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET) BN

J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Y

Y

217

CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE
SERVICE HINTS T 8 B TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY B 9–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION B 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 C12 C15 A C16 B 28 28 30 30 SEE PAGE CODE J5 J37 R2 R10 29 30 29 31 SEE PAGE CODE S8 T7 T8 A B 29 31 31 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 24 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

1D 2J
CODE

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
SEE PAGE 36 36 40 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)

ID2 IF1 BQ1

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR

BN

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 40
A14

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE
C12 BLACK

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

B1

C15 A

C16 B

X X

24

1 2

3

2

1

3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4

J5

GRAY

J37

R2

R10

S8

A A C C C A A

A A X 10 2 1

2 6

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) T7 A T8 B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X X 11 12 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6

218

HORN
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

10A HORN

1

5 HORN RELAY

2 10 2K G–B

3 1 2F G–W J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

A G–B

G–W 1 H7 HORN LH 1 H8 HORN RH

6 C12 HORN SW [COMB. SW]

SERVICE HINTS HORN RELAY 5–3 : CLOSED WITH THE HORN SW ON : PARTS LOCATION
CODE C12 H7 28 26 SEE PAGE CODE H8 J2 26 29 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 20 20
C12 BLACK

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
H7 1 BLACK H8 1 A A A BLACK J2 BLACK

2F 2K

6 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

219

RADIO AND PLAYER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

G–W 7. 5A RAD–NO. 2 20A RADIO NO. 1 (*1) W B 3 1H 11 2K G R L–Y (*1) R W G–W W G R 5 1W GR R 10 TX+ B 1 R+

4 MUTE

6 R–

7 L–

2 L+

9 TX–

6 1G +B 5 L–Y L–Y ACC 12 GR GND 8 BR C4 CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER

B J14 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B

A A L–Y B GR A

L–Y

GR

S7 3 C ACC 4 C +B

A ,S8

B ,S9

C

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

E 7 C

FL+ 2 C

FL– 6 C

FR+ 1 C

FR– 5 C

LG

P

V

9 IE2 BR BR P

1 IE2 V

9 IO2 LG

1 IO2 L C C A C LG L L 2 1 1 2

J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C A A P C V P V

J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

C

A

A LG

1 IJ

2

2

1

F14 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH

F16 FRONT TWEETER SPEAKER LH

F15 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH

L

F17 FRONT TWEETER SPEAKER RH

220

RADIO AND PLAYER

* 1 : SHIELDED

G–W (*1) W B G R (*1) R W G–W (*1) W G R R B R2 A , R3 RADIO AND PLAYER B

9 B TX–

10 B TX–

3 B GND

2 B CDL+

7 B CDL–

1 B CDR+

6 B CDR–

4 B MUTE

RR 15 A

RL 14 A

BEEP 13 A

GND 12 A

FR 7 A

FL 6 A

MUTE 5 A

GND 11 A

ACC 3 A

AMP+ 1 A

+B 4 A

TEL MUTE 10 A

(*1)

I12

15 A RR

14 A RL

13 A BEEP

12 A SGND

7 A FR

6 A FL

5 A MUTE

11 A GND

BR

3 A RACC

1 A AMP+

4 A +B

WF+ 4 B

WF– 5 B

RR+ 1 B

RR– 3 B S7 A ,S8 B ,S9 C

RL+ 2 B B

RL– 6 B Y

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER LG–R LG–B W R

10 IF1 B 9 IF1 8 IF1 4 IP1 1 IP1

11 IF1 Y

7 IF1 Y–B 4 A MUTE

W

R

5 B T7 A ,T8 B RLI+ TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

12 B RLI–

LG–R

7 BR1

6 BR1

RLO+ 5 A

RLO– 12 A

LG–B

W

R

B 2

7 BQ1

B

2

1

2

1

R10 REAR DOOR SPEAKER LH 1 Y 6 BQ1 Y

W9 WOOFER SPEAKER

R11 REAR DOOR SPEAKER RH

Y–B

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

BR

W

W

G

R

R

Y

B

B

L

221

RADIO AND PLAYER
SERVICE HINTS S 9 C STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER C 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY C 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION C 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS C 4 CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER 12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION 5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 8–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION
CODE C4 F14 F15 F16 F17 J14 28 30 30 30 30 29 SEE PAGE CODE J36 J38 R2 R3 R10 R11 A B 30 30 29 29 31 31 SEE PAGE CODE S7 S8 S9 T7 T8 W9 A B C A B 29 29 29 31 31 31 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 24 24 30 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

1G 1H 1W 2K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 36 38 38 40 40 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)

IE2 IF1 IO2 IP1 BQ1 BR1

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH

IJ

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

I12

222

C4

F14

BLUE

F15

BLUE

F16

F17

J14

1 2 X

4

5 A 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 A A B B B B

6 7 8 9 10 X 12

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J36

J38

R2

A

R 3

B

1 A A A A C C C C A A A A C C C C 1 X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 3 4 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 6

2 3

4 X

7 X 9 10 X X

14 15

R10

R11

S 7

A

S 8

B

S 9

C

1 2 1 2 1 1 X 3 4 X 11 12 13 5 6 7 3 4 5

2 6

1 5

2 6 7 X

3 X

4 X

X X

14 15

T7

A

T 8

B

W 9

4 X X

5 12 5 12 2 1

223

COMBINATION METER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

10A GAUGE C V–W J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU 12 2J R

7. 5A DOME

C V–W

1 1J R–L

2 1D R–L

C V–W C V–W

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A , J29

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

D A

D 3 D

IJ1 8 1G V–W

R

A

A R C7 A ,C8 B ,C9 C , C10 D 8 C COMBINATION METER TACHOMETER DOOR FUEL FUEL

F B

J28

R–L

3 D

R–L

10 C

ODO

SPEEDOMETER

CPU

9 C 2 IK2 L

4 D P

11 D Y–R

12 D G–W

13 D

13 A B–O

6 C R–W

OIL 3 B Y–B 5 TO DOOR COURTESY SW IL1 O1 OIL PRESSURE SW Y–B 1

R–L

6 7 IL1 2 IL1 3 IF3 4 IF3 1 IF3

IJ1

A G–W Y–R B–O BR BR BR P L A J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L

1 IG+

3 SI

2 SE

1

2

3 FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER)

F19 FUEL SENDER

IJ

224

J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1 1W

B

3 BR

WATER TEMP.

1 A

BR IL1

EE 6 C7 3 A COMBINATION METER TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IJ1 B ,C9 CRUISE C , C10 TO INTEGRATION RELAY ABS TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU TRAC OFF 6 D L FROM GENERATOR TO AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY 1 IL1 A ,C8 10 MALFANCTION INDICATOR LAMP 5 D G–R G–R 4 A 5 IG2 TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU SEAT BELT D O O 8 A R–W 7 D TO ABS ECU TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU SLIP 4 B LG G–B CHARGE 10 A 2 B Y B–R SRS 2 1G 3 1W 9 D 8 D LG W–R W–R O/D OFF 5 B C C 4 O2 O/D MAIN SW J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 W–B G–O G–O TURN LH 11 B G–B Y–G Y–G 8 1T 7 2J TURN RH 15 B FROM TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] 13 B W–B G–Y

W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

5A IGN 10A ECU–B

A

A

A

W–B

IG

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

225

226
3 1J 11 IK2 5 REAR LIGHT B–W J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 5A STARTER B B B–W 7 A TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IF3 Y–G Y–G J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BRAKE P N B–W B B 9 A 3 IG2 R–W R–W 5 (*1) B B R–W 6 10 IK2 GR (*2) R–W C7 10 P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW BRK GR A ,C8 C B B A COMBINATION METER 1 B ,C9 R–W BULB CHECK RELAY 16 B GR C , C10 J8 A , J9 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR 6 IG1 GR D R–W (*2) J20 A , J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A R–W B 4 ENGINE OIL E6 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW 7 C W–B 2 1 IL1 OIL TEMP. B–Y B–Y DELAY FROM DRL NO. 3 RELAY 5 2J C B R–W (* 1) 3 IG1 OIL LEVEL FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 15A HEAD (RH) B D A R–W J20 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B W–B 4 IG1 C A C A 5 C R–B (*2) A B A HIGH BEAM 3 C R–W D A F B J10 R–B (*1) HEAD (*1) 7 B R–W (*1) TAIL (* 2) TO COMBINATION SW A , J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A A 5 1D 8 B G G 9 7. 5A PANEL WASHER LEVEL 10 D P–L P–L IJ1 1 J12 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3 IM2 P–L

P3 PARKING BRAKE SW

COMBINATION METER

1

D5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

R–W

(*2)

PKB

4

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2

A

W–B

II

A

B1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW

W–B

7 1J

4 IK1

8 1J

W–B

J8

A ,J9

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

A A

A A

W1 WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW

2

W–B

EA

* 1 : USA * 2 : CANADA

FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

G–W

L–W

B–R

R–B

R

12 B

14 B

1 C

2 C

10 B

9 B

R

N

D

P

2

L

Y

C7 A , C8 B , C9 COMBINATION METER

C , C10

D

1 D

2 D

B–R

TO RHEOSTAT

B

227

COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS B1
1–2

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW
: CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT DOWN

P3 PARKING BRAKE SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED O 1 OIL PRESSURE SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE OIL PRESSURE BELOW APPOX. 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.8 PSI, 20 KPA) W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER 1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 Ω (50º C, 122º F) APPROX. 25 Ω (115º C, 239º F) E6 1–2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW : CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT UP AND THE ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55º C (131º F) OPEN WITH THE FLOAT

F19FUEL SENDER 2–3 : APPROX. 3 Ω AT FUEL FULL APPROX. 110 Ω AT FUEL EMPTY C7 ,C8 ,C 9 ,C10 COMBINATION METER 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 15–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE B1 C7 C8 C9 C10 D5 E6 F19 J2 J4 J5 A B C D 26 28 28 28 28 28 26 30 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J15 J16 J17 J20 J21 A B A B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J25 J26 J28 J29 O1 O2 P1 P3 V2 W1 W3 A B 29 29 29 29 27 29 27 29 27 27 27 SEE PAGE

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1D 1G 1J 1T 1W 2J
SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 36 38 38 38 38 38 38

IF3 IG1 IG2 IJ1 IK1 IK2 IL1 IM2

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

228

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 34 36 36 36
B 1 GRAY

GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
C 7 A BLUE C8 B

EA EE IG II IJ

1

2

1 X 3 4 X X

7 8 9 10 X X 13

X 2 3 4 5 X 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

C 9 C GRAY

C10 D BROWN

D 5 GRAY

X 4 1 2 3 X 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 10

E 6 GRAY

F19

J2

BLACK

J4

BLACK

J5

GRAY

1

2

1

2

3

B B B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

D D D A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J7 J 8 A GRAY J 9 B GRAY J10 A

C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A A A B B B

A A A A A A C C C D D

X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J11 B J12 GRAY J15

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) ORANGE

A X X F F A A A A A A A A A

A A

A A A

A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J17 BLUE (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J20 A BLACK J21 B BLACK

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J25

C C C C A A C C C C

A A A X X

X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

229

COMBINATION METER

J26

J28

A

J29

B

O1

GRAY

O 2

BLUE

B B B B D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) D X X X X F F 1 2 4

P 1

GRAY

P 3

V 2

BLACK

W 1

BLACK

W 3

GRAY

X 5 6

1

1

2

3 1 2

1

230

RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN
SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 1 RELAY (COIL SIDE), FAN NO. 2 RELAY (COIL SIDE) AND FAN NO. 3 RELAY (COIL SIDE). FURTHERMORE, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE FAN NO. 1 RELAY (COIL SIDE) THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1 → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY TO TURN ON. 1. LOW SPEED OPERATION ONLY WHEN THE A/C SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED OR THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON, THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR AND THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ROTATES AT LOW SPEED. WHEN THE A/C SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED, THE CURRENT FROM ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIODE (A/C) → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, CAUSING THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY TO TURN ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE CDS FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND. AS THIS FLOWING IN SERIES FOR THE MOTORS, THE MOTORS ROTATE AT LOW SPEED. WHEN THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY TO TURN ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE CDS FUSE FLOWS THE SAME ROUTE AS ABOVE, ROTATING THE MOTORS AT LOW SPEED. 2. HIGH SPEED OPERATION ONLY WHEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW IS TURNED OFF OR THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1 IS TURNED OFF, THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR AND THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED. WHEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FROM THE RDI FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 1 RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM THE CDS FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND. AS THE CURRENT FLOWING IN PARALLEL FOR THE MOTORS AS ABOVE, THE MOTORS ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED. SERVICE HINTS A 4 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW 3–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPA) CLOSE BELOW APPROX. 12.5 KG/CM2 (142 PSI, 980 KPA) W 4 WATER TERMP. SW NO. 1 2–1 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 95°C (203°F) W 5 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 1–GROUND : CLOSE ABOVE APPROX. 90°C (198°F)

231

RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

15A ECU–IG

100A ALT

F7 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 6 1A B–R B–R

1

1

30A RDI

30A CDS

6 2K

2 2B

2

2

2 2H ENGINE MAIN RELAY 5 1 4 1 4 FAN NO. 1 RELAY 2 3 A2 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 1 2G G–W G–W 1 B–R 2 3 2 M G–W 1 FAN NO. 3 RELAY FAN NO. 2 RELAY R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 2 3 4 2 M 1 1 1 R 1 5 1 1 W–R W–B L

2 2C B–R

4 2F W–B

5 2C W–B G–W

13 2J

1 2C

2 2F

7 2G

A4 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW

3

L L 1

TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

2 L–W

D2 DIODE (A/C)

L

2 L–Y 2 5 IM1 L

1 3

1

1 EA1

L–W

7 IM2 1 1 IK1 L–Y W5 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 1 1 L 5

W4 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1

2

W–R

1

A15 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

2 MGCR

2 EA1

W–B

W–B

W–B

E3

W–B

EC

232

B–R

W–B

B–R

B–R

1

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A2 A4 A15 26 26 28 SEE PAGE CODE D2 F7 R1 26 26 27 SEE PAGE CODE W4 W5 27 27 SEE PAGE

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,
CODE 1A 2B 2C 2F 2G 2H 2J 2K 20 20 SEE PAGE 24

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( )

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE EA1 IK1 IM1 IM2 34 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEADLIGHT LH) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE EC 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E3 SEE PAGE 34
A 2 GRAY

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
A 4 BLACK A15

CODE

SEE PAGE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS

D 2 ORANGE

F7

1 X 2 2 1 2 3 X X X

2

1

R 1 GRAY

W 4 GRAY

W 5 GRAY

1 1 2

2

1

233

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM OUTLINE 1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE HTR RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HTR RELAY Ô TERMINAL 3 Ô TERMINAL HR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. ∗ LOW SPEED OPERATION WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS PUSHED TO LOW SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô GROUND AND TURNS THE HTR RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE HTR RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY Ô TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER MOTOR TERMINAL 1 Ô TERMIANL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR Ô TERMINAL 2 Ô GROUND AND CAUSES THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED. ∗ HIGH SPEED OPERATION WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS PUSHED TO HIGH SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô GROUND AND TURNS THE HTR RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMIANL 1 OF THE HTR RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 Ô TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER MOTOR TERMINAL 1 Ô TERMINAL 4 OF THE A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER Ô TERMINAL 2 Ô TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY (WHICH IS ACTIVATED WHEN THE BLOWER SW IS PUSHED TO HIGH SPEED POSITION) Ô TERMINAL GND Ô GROUND WITHOUT PASSING THROUGH THE BLOWER RESISTOR, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED. 2. AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC) WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL AIR Ô TERMINAL 7 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL 6 Ô TERMINAL AIF OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL GND Ô GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT RECIRC POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TPI OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION. (SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH) WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL AIF Ô TERMINAL 6 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR Ô TERMINAL 7 Ô TERMINAL AIR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL GND Ô GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.

234

3. AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. (SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE) THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL FACE OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL 4 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR Ô TERMINAL 8 Ô TERMINAL DEF OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL GND Ô GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FACE SIDE. WHEN TE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT FACE POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL DEF OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION. (SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF) THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL DEF OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL 8 OF THE AIR VENT CONTROL SERVO MOTOR Ô TERMINAL Ô 4 TERMINAL FACE OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL GND Ô GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION. 4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED TO THE “COOL” SIDE THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR Ô MOTOR Ô TERMINAL 2 Ô TERMINAL AMH OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION AND MAINTAIN THE SET TEMPERATURE. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED TO THE “HOT” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR Ô TERMINAL AMH OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL 2 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR Ô MOTOR Ô TERMINAL 1 Ô TERMINAL AMC OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM “COOL” TO “HOT” SIDE. 5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, OUT SIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SIGNAL FROM THE A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR, ETC. WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU. (BUILT IN THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MG CLT RELAY Ô TERMINAL 2 Ô TERMINAL MGCR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY Ô TERMINAL GND Ô GROUND, TURNING THE MG CLT RELAY ON, SO THAT THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES. AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE DETECTS THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES. IF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY DETECTS THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS, IT STOPS THE AIR CONDITIONING: S EVAPORATOR OUTLET AIR IS TOO LOW. S THERE IS A MARKED DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR SPEED AND THE ENGINE SPEED. S THE REFRGIRANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR ABNORMALLY LOW. S THE ENGINE SPEED IS TOO LOW. S RAPID ACCELERATION OCCURS.

235

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)

50A HTR

F10 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

10A HEATER

10A ECU–B

1 7 2J W–R 3 1W L–B J20 1 1 4 5 1 1 1 5 1 B A L–B 9 2C A , J21 B 10 1V W–R B JUNCTION CONNECTOR J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B W–R B B L–B 2 1W L–B 3 1R

L–B

L–B 5 2K

HTR RELAY 2 3 1 1

MG CLT RELAY 2 1 3 1 B–W

L–B

B B L–B

1

W–B

L–W

L–R

L–W

L–W L–W

1 EB1

L–R

2

M

1

B–W

1 IH1

B–W

I4

L–R

B2 BLOWER MOTOR B–W L–R 5 IH1 B–Y 3 B–W

I3

B–W 4 B3 BLOWER RESISTOR Y–W 1

2 A13 A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER

2 W–B

1 W–B

I4 W–B W–B

W–B

2 W–B

IH1

Y–W W–B

E3

W–B

L–B

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A A W–B W–B W–B

W–B

EC

II W–B

236

Y–G

FROM DEFOGGER RELAY

B–R

FROM RHEOSTAT

23 A RDFG A14

25 A TC A , A15 B

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY B 13 A IG+ 26 A MGCR 2 B HR 10 A LOCK 3 A BLW 16 B PSW 9 B AIF 6 A AIR 7 A TPI 7 B SPD 15 A V–W FACE 4 A B/L 17 A FOOT 18 A F/D 19 A DEF 20 A

W–R

B–W

L–W

L–W

W–L

P–L

L–Y

R

7 IM2 2 EB2 12 IM3

TO SPEEDOMETER [COMB. METER]

L–O L W–R DEF L–O 8 W–R W–B

L–R

L–B

L–Y

L–B

L–Y

L–B

L–B

2 D2 DIODE (A/C) 6 7 5 3

3

M

L–W L–W B–W W–L A26 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 1 W–R

9 IM2 6 IH1 L–B

B–W Y–W W–L

L–W

L–R

A28 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR A4 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

4 FACE

5 B/L

6 FOOT

F/D

A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR

4

1

4 M 2 W–B

W–R

CONTROL CIRCUIT B

A

Y–W W–B L–B L–B 2 IG

W–B

W–B

1 GND

W–B

B–L 7

L

1

L

B–L

L

237

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

L–R

FROM TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY 5 A SECU A14 A , A15 B

R–Y

FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU

24 A TELI

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY AMC 8 A AMH 9 A S5 11 A TP 8 B TS 5 B SG 1 A TE 6 B TR 4 B TAM 3 B IGN 16 A AC1 13 B ACT 10 B TW2 14 B GND 14 A

LG–B

W–R

11 IM3 Y 8 IG1 A16 A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR L W 2 A17 A/C SOLAR SENSOR A18 A/C THERMISTOR W–R A1 A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR

2

2

2

1 L

W–R

I10 9 IG1 L L JUNCTION CONNECTOR F A

W–R

L

A B

A B

W–R

B

A , J19

10 IM3 LG–B B–O B–Y V

J18

C A

C A

E A E A E A J20 A , J21

D B D B D B B W–R

W–R

13 TACH

J28

A , J29

D B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1

1

1

W–R

B

16 A/C

5 ACT

9 THWO

G–R

B–Y

P

L

1

2

4

3

JUNCTION CONNECTOR WARM

E7 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

5

COOL

M

A27 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

10 IM2

W–R W–B

238

W–R

W–R

W–B

L–W

G–R

B–O

B–Y

G–Y

B–Y

W

P

Y

V

L

SERVICE HINTS A4 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 4–1 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.5 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR 32 KG/CM2 (455 PSI, 3138 KPA) A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH 4–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7W A14 (A), A15 (B) A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY B–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS IG+–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION HR–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSTIION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR BELOW 1 VOLT WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR PSW–GROUND : BELOW 1 VOLT WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AC1–GROUND : BELOW 1 VOLT AT START THE ENGINE, OPERATE THE COMPRESSOR +OR MORE VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE. DO NOT OPERATE THE COMPRESSOR BLW–GROUND : BELOW 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR S5–SG : 4–6 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON SG–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY AMH–AMC : 1.3–1.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW OFF AIF–GROND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRESH SW ON AIR–GROUND ; APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RECIRC SW ON FACE–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FACE SW ON DEF–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DEF SW ON GND–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A1 A3 A4 A13 A14 A A15 B A16 A17 A18 SEE PAGE 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 28 28 CODE A26 A27 A28 B2 B3 D2 E7 F10 J3 SEE PAGE 28 28 28 28 28 26 28 26 29 CODE J15 J18 A J19 B J20 A J21 B J28 A J29 B SEE PAGE 29 29 29 29 29 29 29

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE 22

1

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE 24 20 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B ( (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

1R 1V 1W 2C 2J 2K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 36 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)

EB1 EB2 IG1 IH1 IM2 IM3

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

EC II

239

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 38
A1

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE COWL WIRE

CODE

SEE PAGE 38 38

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS A/C SUB WIRE COWL WIRE

E3 I3

I4 I10
A4 BLACK

DARK GRAY

A3

GRAY

A13 BLACK

1

2

1 X

2 4

1 4

1

2

3

4

A14

A

A15

B

A16 BLACK

A17 BLACK

A18

1

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

13

1 X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 X X 13 14 X 16 1 2 2 1 2

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 X X 23 24 25 26

A26 BLACK

A27

A28

B2

B3

BLACK

1 1 X 3 X 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2

2

X 4 5 6 7 8

D2

ORANGE

E7

F10

J3

2

3 9 16 X

1 X 5 13 X X

B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J15

J18 A

BLACK

J19

B BLACK

J20

A BLACK

A A A A

A A C C A A B B E E E

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J21 B BLACK J28 A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J29 B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

B B D D D X X F F D D X X

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

240

MEMO

241

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

44

H

45

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

46

H

47

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

48

H

49

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

50

H

51

H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

52

H

53

MEMO

54

J GROUND POINT
ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT RH W–B 10 2J 4 2F 5 2C W–B W–B

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

FRONT FOG LIGHT RH

W–B

I13 W–B

EFI RELAY

W–B

FRONT TURN SIGNAL AND FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH

W–B

I13

W–B

W–B

ENGINE MAIN RELAY

1

HTR RELAY

WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW

W–B

I13 E3

W–B

A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW

HEADLIGHT RH (LO)

W–B

I13 E3

W–B

ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR

W–B E3 W–B W–B W–B FRONT FOG LIGHT LH

ABS ACTUATOR

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

(GND2)

W–B

W–B

(GND1)

W–B

E3

W–B

FRONT TURN SIGNAL AND FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH

E1 W–B

E3 W–B

W–B

HEADLIGHT LH (LO) W–B

(GND3)

W–B

E3 W–B

2 EA1 W–B

WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1

(GND) ABS ECU (GND)

W–B

E1 W–B

E3

1

FAN NO. 2 RELAY

W–B

E3

W–B W–B

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

ABS SOL RELAY

3

W–B

E1 W–B W–B W–B W–B

(* 1) 2 (*1) DRL NO. 3 RELAY W–B (* 1) 2

W–B

W–B

2 W–B (*1) DRL NO. 4 RELAY 2

EB

EA EC

J8 C

A ,J9

B

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

BR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B

A C A

BR

BR

6

IK3 BR BR 2 IK1 BR BR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 2 SENSOR 1) BR

BR

A

A J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A BR A

(E1) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (E01) (E02) (E03)

BR BR BR

A

BR

(ADJ2)

BR

A

I5

I5 BR

BR

3 IL1 BR

COMBINATION METER

BR

BR

IGNITER

BR BR

NOISE FILTER (IGNITION)

ED

EE

55

* 1 : CANADA

COMBINATION METER

R–B (* 1)

4 IG1 W–B A A A A A A A A A A A A W–B J8

W–B (*1) A B A B A B A B A B A B A ,J9 B W–B (* 1)

C A C A

A B J20 A , J21

W–B (*1) B

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW

JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B TRAC OFF SW

W–B

W–B

W–B

ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT LH

W–B

W–B

STEERING SENSOR

COMBINATION SW

W–B

W–B

CRUISE CONTROL ECU

W–B

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3

JUNCTION CONNECTOR 8 1J 3 1M 1 1N 7 1J W–B W–B UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

NOISE FILTER

W–B

INTEGRATION RELAY

POWER RELAY W–B

ABSORBER CONTROL ECU

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A

W–B

W–B

ABSORBER CONTROL SW

W–B

A

A

W–B

CIGALETTE LIGHTER

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TURN SIGNAL FLASHER RELAY

W–B

A A W–B FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] W–B 2 IH1

W–B

A

W–B

A

A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER

W–B

A

A W–B

W–B

I4

W–B

BLOWER RESISTOR

II

W–B BR 1 IF3

J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B W–B

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT RH

FUEL SENDER

B CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER BR 20 IO2 BR B W–B BR BR

W–B

DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH

W–B

COMBINATION METER

DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH

B

W–B

MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH]

IJ

IL

56

J GROUND POINT
FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU W–B A W–B

SEAT HEATER SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT) SEAT HEATER (DRIVER’ S SEAT)

W–B

A

A

W–B

2 II1

W–B

I7 W–B

W–B

O/D MAIN SW

W–B

A

I8 THEFT DETERRENT ECU WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW W–B A

W–B

SEAT HEATER SW (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

W–B W–B A

SEAT HEATER (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

W–B

A

A

W–B

COMBINATION METER

RHEOSTAT

W–B

A

A

W–B

GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW

CLOCK

W–B

A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

W–B IG

REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH W–B

W–B

B14

W–B

LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH W–B

W–B

B14

W–B

A HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT) W–B A A W–B ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR LH

W–B (* 5)

1 BS1

W–B (*5)

A

A

W–B (*5)

BUCKLE SW

DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH W–B (* 4)

W–B

9 BQ1

W–B

A

A

W–B

FUEL PUMP

SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU

B16

W–B (* 4)

8 BS2

W–B (*4)

A

A

W–B

CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)

W–B (* 4)

J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BN

A

W–B

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

BUCKLE SW

W–B (* 4)

REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH

W–B

B13

W–B

REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW FUEL LID OPENER MOTOR

W–B

B13

W–B

W–B

B13

W–B

W–B

B13 W–B

W–B

W–B

BP

57

* 2 : W/ MOON ROOF * 3 : W/O MOON ROOF

* 4 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY * 5 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY

B 3 1N 4 1V W–B W–B B 4 : *2 B 2 : *3 3 1F 7 1G 3 1V W–B B 4 : *2 B 2 : *3 W–B 20 IE2 W–B B B

W–B

DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH

AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

W–B

B

W–B

POWER OUTLET W–B

W–B

DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

W–B

PERSONAL LIGHT

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

B

W–B

VANITY LIGHT LH

W–B

W–B

MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

W–B (*2)

B4

MIRROR HEATER LH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH]

J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

VANITY LIGHT RH

W–B

B2

ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR RH

IF B6 W–B (* 2) W–B W–B W–B 9 BR1 W–B DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

W–B MOON ROOF MOTOR AND LIMIT SW (*2) W–B (*2)

B2

B2

B6 W–B

W–B

1 BT1

W–B

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

W–B

W–B

BQ

IM

BO

IK

SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU

BR (*4) BR (*4)

B16 BR

BR (*4)

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT)

SEAT MEMORY SW

B16 (*4) BR

POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)

BR (*4)

B16 (* 4) BR

BR (*4)

POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL)

POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)

BR (*4)

B16 (*4) BR

BR (*4)

POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)

9 BS2 (*4) BR IH

58

J GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J8 A J9 B J15 J16 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 29 CODE J20 A J21 B J24 J36 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 30 CODE J37 J38 SEE PAGE 30 30

: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE 22 23 23

1 2 3
CODE

RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 3 R/B (RADIATOR UPPER SUPPORT RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
SEE PAGE 24 24

1F 1G 1J 1M 1N 1V 2C 2F 2J
CODE

JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ROOF WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

24

COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

20 20 SEE PAGE 34 36 36 36 36 38 38 38 38 40 40 42 42

ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEADLIGHT LH) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER) FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT) NO. FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS EA1 IE2 IF3 IG1 IH1 II1 IK1 IK3 IL1 I02 BQ1 BR1 BS1 BS2 BT1

: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 34 34 34 36 36 36 36 36 36 40 40 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK COWL SIDE PANEL LH LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH COWL SIDE PANEL RH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER ROOF LEFT

EA EB EC ED EE IF IG IH II IJ IK IL IM BN BO BP BQ

59

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE A/C SUB WIRE ENGINE WIRE 38 FLOOR NO 3 WIRE NO. CODE SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE ROOF WIRE FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE 40 FLOOR WIRE 42 SEAT NO. 1 WIRE

E1 E3 I4 I5 I7 I8

I13 B2 B6 B13 B14 B16

J 8 A GRAY

J 9 B GRAY

J15

J16 ORANGE

A A A A A A A C C C A A A A A A B B B A A A

A A

A A A

A A

A A A A A A A A

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J20 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J21 B BLACK J24

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J36

A A C C A A

A A

A A A A A A A

B B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J37 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J38

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

A A A A

A A

B B B B B

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

60

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

K

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

1 ES300 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

P ow er Source
2 3 4

Starting

Ignition

C harging

1

B–G

W * 1 : USA * 2 : Canada B–Y

ACC 2 AM1 IG1 4

W

B–G

7 AM2 B–R R B–R B–R ST2 8

IG2 6

B–Y

B–R

W–R 4 1K 8 1T 3 1K

5A STARTER

2 1K

W C7 5A IGN A ,C8 B 3 1J B–R B–W 8 1C CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] To Engine Control Module < 3–2> 5 12 IK3 11 IK2 B–R 1 30A AM2 40A MAIN ST RELAY B–W 3 B A J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 11 2J B A B–R B–R 1 P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW 6 GR 1 A 3 2B 5 2D 9 2K 2 B

I13 IGNITION SW

5 1K

2 B

1 1K 1

3

W

5 1B

2

10A GAUGE 10 A 2 1J

60A ABS 2

W–R

40A AM1

B–G

3 2C

4 2L

W

1

Y

1 1B

5A ALT–S

To Daytime Running Light Relay(Main)< 5––1>

B–R

4 IG2

R–L

See ABS System< 20–1> See ABS and Traction Control System< 19–1>

J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–W B–W

1 D P GR C N W–B B–R F 1 IG2

B–G A 1 W–B 5 I5 IGNITION COIL NO. 3 I4 IGNITION COIL NO. 2 2 L 10 IK2 2 IGC3 IGF 4 IGT3 5 W–R 2 Y 1 IGC2 IGT2 6 LG–B 2 10 GR S1 J8 STARTER 1 A A ,J9 1 B C B A ,S2 B IGT1 7 BR–Y GR To Engine Control Module<2–10 To Theft Deterrent ECU < 12–3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GR B B A B A B A GR GR To Engine Control Module<2–8> To Bulb Check Relay [Comb. Meter]<26–5>

1 2A

Y

(*2)

B

1 F

1 A

B–R

2 F

B–R

Y

(*2)

B

A B–R

A B–R

B–R

J18

1 C

B A A , J19 1 Y (* 1)

B A

4 IM2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F6

A ,F8

100A ALT

F9

D , F11

B

N1 NOISE FILTER (Ignition)

I3 IGNITION COIL NO. 1

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B B 2 G 9 IGC1 GND 3 I2 IGNITER +B 6 EB2 Y R–L (*2)

B–G

Y

BR

FL MAIN 3. 0W

B–R

1 B L BR G1 A ,G2 GENERATOR B B IG S Rear side of surge tank EE A B B B–G 1 2 3 W

BATTERY

K

K
( Cont. next page )
G C D H A B E F L–W G–R G–R B–R B–Y B–Y B–Y BR BR W J I

TE1

+B E1 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

L–W From Absorber Control ECU< 22–2> From ABS and Traction ECU<> 19–4> From ABS ECU<20–3> To ABS SOL Relay < 19–4 < 20–3> 8

B–Y 12 3 BR

16

TS

R–Y

R–L 23

(*1)

TC

LG–R 11

*1:Short Pin

From ABS ECU <20–3> From ABS and Traction ECU <19–2>

G–B 22 WA

From Cruise Control ECU<21–>2> From Airbag Sensor Assembly < 23–>3> From ABS and Traction ECU < 19–4>> From Absorber Control ECU< 22–2> From ABS ECU< 20––3>

WB

JUNCTION CONNECTOR C

D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2

14

10

R–L

A ,J9

C

A

TRC

17

E ngine C ontrol

D4 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3

(SHIELDED)

J8 CG W–B 4

A ,J9

B 8 1J 7 1J W–B W–B A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B A A

16

10A GAUGE 2 1D 1 1K R–L D D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C10 MALFANCTION INDICATOR LAMP [COMB. METER] 10 IJ1 3 IK1 R–L 3 5 G–R G–R G–R

B–Y

5 EB2

3 IK2

CIR OPN RELAY 1 1 B–R 2 1 G–R

4 EB2

7 ID1

5

3

12 IK3

8 1C

5A IGN

B–R

B–R

7 1W

3 1K

B–R

B–R

EFI RELAY B–R 2 2J Left radiator side support BATTERY EC B–Y 5 3

B–Y

10 2C

B–R

IG1 4

IG2 6

ACC

ST2

7 2K

I13 IGNITION SW

5 2C

W–B

F19 FUEL PUMP

2

W–B

1

2

15A EFI 8 2J B–Y

2 AM1

P ow er S ource

7 AM2

4 2F

W–B

W–B

F6 30A AM2

A ,F8

C , F11

F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 5 1K 5 1B 1 2A 4 2L W–R W W–R B

40A AM1 1 1B 2 1K 2 F W B–R B–R B–R FL MAIN 3. 0W 2 1

1 C

2 ES300

10 1J

4 1B

7. 5A OBD

1 F

1 A

B

B–R

B–R

100A ALT

B–G

A

4

5

BN

M

1

1

L–B

L–B

L–B

W–B

J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Under the left center pillar

G–R

G–R

II

B

BAT

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Instrument panel brace LH

7

SIL

SG

W 3

BR 5

3

BR

E1

From ABS and Traction ECU < 19–2>

L

BR

J8

A

From ABS and Traction ECU < 19–4> From ABS ECU< 20–3>

ABS

A/D

O

From Cruise Control ECU < 21–2>

B

From Airbag Sensor Assembly<23–3> From Cruise Control ECU< 21–2> From ABS and Traction ECU< 19–4> From Absorber Control ECU< 22–3> From ABS ECU< 20–3>

AB

LG 5

From Airbag Sensor Assembly< 23–3>

TC

P 15

From Absorber Control ECU < 22–3>

TEM

B

B

BR

LG–R 4

2 ES300 (Cont’ d)
(

Cont. next page )

E ngine C ontrol
6 7 8 B–Y

5

A

W A

B B–R A B–R B–R B–R B–R B–R B–R A A A A A A

B–Y J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C

B–R

D

L–W

From Igniter < 1–2> <1–3>

From ABS and Traction ECU<19–2> 2

To A/C Control Assembly< 27–8>

To Speedometer [Comb. Meter]< 26–2>

From A/C Control Assembly< 27–8>

2

2

2

2

2

2

I6 INJECTOR NO. 1

I7 INJECTOR NO. 2

I8 INJECTOR NO. 3

I9 INJECTOR NO. 4

I10 INJECTOR NO. 5

I11 INJECTOR NO. 6

B–Y 1 1 1 1 1 1

Y

W

G

R–L

W

R

L

B–Y V

L

G

B

GR

W

W–R

BR–Y

BR–W

LG–B

LG–B

V–W

L–W

23 A +B E7 W 3 B LG P–B Y–B R–Y G–R G–R Y–G W–R R–W 18 C 17 A 18 A 6 B 8 B 12 B 2 B 23 D 22 D FC HTS OXS ACIS TPC EGR EVP1 RSO RSC A ,E8 B ,E9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE HTR 11 B L–B TC BATT #10 # 20 # 30 # 40 #50 # 60 SIL SPD A/C ACT

B–Y 5 B 14 A 10 D 9 D 8 D 7 D 6 D 5 D 8 A 12 A 16 A 5 A 9 A

B–Y

19 A THWO NEO

26 A EFI+

25 A EFI–

28 A TRC+

27 A TRC–

12 D IGF

15 D IGT3

16 D IGT2

24 D IGT1

B–Y

OXR1 13 C

HTL 10 B Y–R

OXL1 19 C

ADJ2 1 D BR

E1 16 B BR

E03 28 D BR

E02 33 D BR

E01 34 D BR

J28 B 2 2 2 2 1 3 (SHIELDED) V5 VSV(EVAP) V4 VSV(EGR) 1 HT 1 1 1 1 +B 2 BR B–Y 4 B–Y B–Y B–Y B–Y B–Y E1 OX 3 I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE V7 VSV(Vapor Pressure Sensor) V6 VSV(Intake Air Control) 2 A A A A A A A B–Y BR 2 IK1 6 BR IK3 BR BR A A A

A , J29

B B

B B

B

W

B

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

B A

B A

1 HT +B B–Y B–Y B–Y 2

3 OX E1 4 BR

1 HT +B 2

3 OX E1 4

H10 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

H5 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

H6 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 2 Sensor 1)

9 IK3

B–Y

BR

B–Y

B–Y

E

B–Y BR

F

BR

G

BR

A A BR BR BR BR A A A BR BR BR A A A A BR J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Rear side of surge tank EE BR BR B C A

J23 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

H

G–R

I

G–R

J BR

B–Y

Surge tank RH

ED

K

12

B–O

To Tachometer[Comb. Meter] < 26–2>

TACH

13 A

J28

A , J29

JUNCTION CONNECTOR 11

24 A

From Stop Light SW < 6–4>

G–W

STP

E n gine C on trol

2 A

From ” MIRROR–HEATER” Fuse< 18–1>

B–Y

3 A

From ” TAIL” Fuse < 6–2>

G–O

ELS

ELS2

1 IK2

CF

9 B

G–W

G–W

D B

F A

B–O

D B

F A

B–O

To Absorber Control ECU < 22–5> To A/C Control Assembly < 27–8>

B–O

B

From FAN NO. 1 Relay < 18–3>

P2 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SW PS 31 D B–L 1 8 IK2 GR GR From Park/Neutral Position SW< 1–2 (SHIELDED) B–W C1 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR L L 2 1 K1 KNOCK SENSOR 1 W 1 K2 KNOCK SENSOR 2 W (SHIELDED) 1 2 BR BR D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C2 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NE+ 5 C B–R (SHIELDED) 1 BR W (SHIELDED) 2 EC1 4 EC1 1 EC1 W 3 EC1 (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) B–W

22 C 20 C

BR 1 2 E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR BR 1 2 E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR BR 2 3

G–B

THW

E2

BR

STA G22+ NE– C , E10 B ,E9 KNKR KNKL E7 A ,E8

BR

14 B

G–Y

THG

10

BR

BR

Y

E2 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR PTNK E2 BR 1

1

15 B

VCC

Y 3

BR

V1 VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR BR VTA VC 2 E2 1 Y

Y

1 C

BR

7 C

L 3

VTA1

VC

Y

13 B

L–R 2

PTNK

T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 7 B R–B 2 3 E2G

2 ES300 (Cont’ d)

9

M1 MASS AIR FLOW METER B–Y BR B BR C

A

8 C

4

5

VG

P

21 C

14 C

L–Y 1

THA

15 C

6 C

W–G

EGLS

17 C

13 D

3 ES300

P o w er S ourc e 2
R–L R–L R–L B–R B–Y D A J28 B–Y F B A LL R–L 4 Y B–R L–W 3 10 9 R 2L DL NL 5A IGN R–L B–R IK2 5 IK2 7 1W Y R–L E B–R B–Y E L–W 8 2J R–B G–W R–B See Engine Control System < 2–9> <2–10> <2–11> J28 C A C A From Cruise Control ECU< 21–4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y E L–W 2 1D 6 IK2 9 IK2 2 10A GAUGE 3 1K J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RL 8 R–B PL 7 1 1K 1 1J A C JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J29 B 2 3 4 P1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

E lec tronically C on trolle d T ransmiss ion and A /T Indicator

1

ACC

W

2 AM1

IG1 4

G–W

W–R 7 AM2

IG2 6

ST2

1 IL1

3 IK3

4 IK2

5 1K

I13 IGNITION SW

R

R–B

G–W

B–R

J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G–W

J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2 1K

W D 5 Y From ” STARTER” Fuse< 1–2> EFI RELAY D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D R–L Y–B L–R 3 A , J29 16 IJ1 Y 13 B–W 2 2J Y L–W B–Y R–B A B B 3 D 14 A BATT E7 +B 23 A L–B B–Y 2 C 3 D 27 D 11 D 17 D 4 C 9 C SLN– SLN+ SL S1 S2 NC2– NC2+ E1 16 B A ,E8 B ,E9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE E03 28 D E01 34 D E02 33 D OD2 6 D G–O NSW VC VTA1 THW E2 L 2 R OD1 14 D 1 C 7 C 20 C 22 C 1 A 10 A 15 A 7 A 11 A IDLO L B–Y W–B 9 B O/D OFF J28 A G V P–L W–L B–Y J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A R 5 B G–O 11 IJ1 C G–O C 2 BR BR BR BR C 2 1 A A A BR 4 BR O2 O/D MAIN SW L–B B B A L–B 4 SLN– Y B W R L B–Y SLN+ SL S1 S2 1 2 3 6 A , J29 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–O V3 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (Electronically Controlled Transmission) J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B From Cruise Control ECU< 21–3 W–B Left radiator side support E3 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID Rear side of surge tank EE ED Surge tank RH

5 1B

D

A

B B D A B

4 2L

W–R

7 2K

2

1

To Seat Position Control ECU < 15–1>

40A AM1

30A AM2

15A EFI

B–R

L–W

5 1V

1

2

IJ1 L–W

14 IJ1 R B–R

10 1H R–B

15 IJ1 G–W

1 1B

1 2A

5 2C

4 2F

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

1 F

C , F11

1 A

B–R

10 B

2 C D

1 C

14 B

12 B

B

W–B

P

2

B–R

B–R

N

R

1 F

1 C

F6

A ,F8

100A ALT

15 B

C8

B ,C9

C , C10 COMBINATION METER

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

D

B–G

F

FL MAIN 3. 0W

W–B A A W–B A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

BATTERY

EC

IG

Left kick panel

4 ES300

P ow er S ource H e ad ligh t(U S A)
2 3 4

Front F og Light

1

B–R

2 4 4 1B 15A HEAD (LH) 3 8 2K R–B 6 2G R–B R–W R–B R R R–W R–W E B E B E B B C B JUNCTION CONNECTOR R (Canada) 1 A A R–W A A 4 IM3 R 5 J20 A , J21 B 5 2G 8 2C 2 2G 5 2J L–Y (USA) R–B 3 2G 4 2G R–W 1 1C 2 15A HEAD (RH) 1 HEAD RELAY

40A MAIN

1

15A FOG

3 2B

J18

A , J19

JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A 2 R–W 3 IG1 R–W D A D A 8 H HU T HF HL R–W (USA) J10 A , J11 1 2 1 R–B D A

B

From ” H–LP LH (LWR)” Fuse < 5–4>

1 F R–Y 13 EL

1 A C A

B–R To Theft Deterrent ECU< 12–3> 3 B 3 R–B R–B W–B W–B 2 3 2 R–B H3 HEADLIGHT RH(HI) H1 HEADLIGHT LH(HI) H4 HEADLIGHT RH(LO) H2 HEADLIGHT LH(LO) To Automatic Light Control Sensor< 10–2> 4 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR F B R–W 3 C HEAD HIGH BEAM 7 B C8 J31 C A 5 C R–B 15 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B A , J32 4 IG1 A B A B B 16 17 7 A R–B R–B A R–B R–L W–B A W–B A W–B 8 1J Instrument panel brace LH II 7 1J J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B A EC W–B Left radiator side support EA W–B Right radiator side support IG

F12 FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY 2 B 3

I15

B

B–R

2 F

B–R

INTEGRATION RELAY

R–W

R–B

1 C

J31 11 B ,C9 COMBINATION METER B

A , J32 JUNCTION C B CONNECTOR

B

100A ALT

OFF

LIGHT CONTROL SW

TAIL

HEAD

OFF ON

F6

A ,F8

C ,

LFG BFG C11 FRONT FOG LIGHT SW [COMB. SW]

F11

F

LOW

A A 10 R–W

A A

DIMMER SW

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

HIGH

R–W

FLASH

R–L

R–L

(USA)

(Canada)

C11 COMBINATION SW

1

1

F1 FRONT FOG LIGHT LH

F2 FRONT FOG LIGHT RH

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2

2

To Combination SW< 5–3>

J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

W–B

BATTERY

Right radiator side support

Left radiator side support

EC

Right radiator side support

EA

K

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
W–B R–L 2 W–B

2

2

W–R W–R W–R

5A DRL NO. 2

DRL NO. 3 RELAY 2 R–G To Front Fog Light Relay < 4–3> R–G

H4 HEADLIGHT RH(LO) W–B 2 3 W–B

4

1

2

W–B

10A H–LP RH(LWR) 2 R

R

H2 HEADLIGHT LH(LO) R 2 W–B 3

1

2

2

W–R

2

1

2

10A H–LP LH(LWR)

R–B

C B

H3 HEADLIGHT RH(HI) R–W 2 1

R–B

2 2G

R–Y

W–B

W–B

R–W

J20

DRL NO. 4 RELAY

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2

2

3

4

2

R–B

A A

A , J21

3 IG1

5 2G

R–L 1 2

R–B J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D R–W

H e adlight(C anada)

15A HEAD(LH) 4 2G

R–W D 3 5

3

C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATIOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

2

1

2

2

R–G

4

R

2

R–L

DRL NO. 2 RELAY

R–B

8 EB2

3

2

R

R

3 2G

E B

R–B

R–Y

1

2

7

HL

HU

17

R–L

8 2K

E B

D A

4

3

E B

16

E B

D A

3 B

4 B

To Automatic Light Control Sensor<10–2>

13

C11 COMBINATION SW A A B A

7 2C

HI DRL

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3 2B

2

R–Y 8

1

2

A ,J9

2

40A MAIN

J20 1 1W 7 1V 12 2J 7 +B R R

A , J21

B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR E A B C A W–B 6 W–B

7. 5A DOME

1 2A

B

1

2

BRK

SHORT PIN R–L D D J28 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L 1

R–W 10

From Brake Warning Light [Comb. Meter]< 26–5> To Parking Brake SW< 26–5>

PKB

1 1K

1 1J

IG

R–W 4

B–Y

10A GAUGE

CHG–

Y 5

From Generator< 1–4>

ACC

IG1 4

D5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (Main)

P ow er S ource

I13 IGNITION SW

F6 40A AM1

A ,F8

C , F11

C A

W–B

F

2 AM1

1

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 1B 2 F BATTERY B–R B–R 100A ALT

2 1K

W

2

1

5 ES300

1 C

B

1 A

B

1 F

B–R

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

H

R–B

J8

B

B

OFF

R

R–G

LIGHT CONTROL SW

TAIL

J18

A , J19

B

DIMMER SW

9

FLASH

HEAD

HIGH

LOW

A A

4 IG1

H

R–B

R–Y

W–B

HEAD RELAY

R–B

T

INTEGRATION RELAY

R–B

EL

I15

B

8

HF

R–B

R–B

W–B

8 1J

7 1J

To Theft Deterrent ECU< 12–3>

From Front Fog Light SW[Comb. SW]< 4–4>

W–B

Instrument panel brace LH

H1 HEADLIGHT LH(HI)

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

15A HEAD(RH)

A

II

Left radiator side support

W–B R–W

B

EC

W–B

W–B

R–B

W–B

EA

Right radiator side support

R–W 1 2 2 2

7 EB2

5

1

2

3

2

2

R–Y

4

R–W

K
2 1H J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 W–B 1 W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B A J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 8 1J W–B A BATTERY Instrument panel brace LH A , F11 F 1 A B–G FL MAIN 3. 0W 100A ALT II W–B J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 1J Left radiator side support A EC W–B EA W–B Right radiator side support A BN W–B J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar Back panel center W–B 4 3 W–B 4 3 W–B W–B W–B 16 BP W–B 3 W–B Under the BN left center pillar W–B A 2 1 STOP ST– G–R 2 G–R TAIL REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] G 2 5 IF3 7 A Y–G Y–G 4 IL L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR R6 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH STOP G–R 3 TAIL G G 2 W–B 11 R9 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] G R7 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] G 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 C11 COMBINATION SW HEAD TAIL LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF 2 1 1 1 1 GND T– G 9 R13 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH G W–B R12 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH G W–B L3 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH G–B L2 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH G–B B A F4 FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH G–O F3 FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH G–O B A 14 T G H EL G G–B G G–B A , J32 B 3 C B C B G–O I15 B INTEGRATION RELAY 2 B 1 B G–R C C G–R C C To Automatic Light Control Sensor< 10–2> To Theft Deterrent ECU<12–3> 15A STOP To Wireless Door Lock ECU< 11–7> 4 1B 1 F B–R B–R B–R 1 F B–R 1 1B B B G–O To Engine Control Module< 2–11> F6 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK JUNCTION CONNECTOR J31 T+ G–B 8 IG G–W To Shift Lock Control ECU< 24–4> G–W To Seat Position Control ECU< 15–2>

S10 STOP LIGHT SW

H11 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT R

4 1R

2 1S

HS–

2

1

7

ST+

W

G–W

G–W

G–W

S top Lig ht

5 1R

To ABS and Traction ECU< 19–4> To ABS ECU < 20–3> To Engine Control Module< 2–11> To Absorber Control ECU< 22–3> 4

G–W A A

G–W

1

G–W A J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R8 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH

G–W A G–W A

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

10A GAUGE

2 R–L 1D

3 D R–L G–B

R–L D D

1 1K

T aillight

3

W

1 1S

2

B–Y

8 1S

C7

A , C10

D

A , J19 10A TAIL 9 1C 5 3 IG1 4 6 1C G–R C 1 ACC TAILLIGHT RELAY I13 IGNITION SW 2 G–R A A G–R G–O P o w e r S o u rc e 2 AM1 1 7 1C W

B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

6 ES300

2 1K

W

2

40A AM1

1

B–R

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J18

7 ES300

P ow e r S o urce Illumination
2 4 B–R G 3

*1: Canada

1

4 1B G 1 G 5

4 1J

ACC TAILLIGHT RELAY

2 AM1

IG1 4

B–Y

7. 5A PANEL G G J12 5 1D JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B G A B A B G A , J13 B

G

G

2 3

I13 IGNITION SW

1 1K See Taillight System<6–1>

J20

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

D A A , J21

D A

D A

2 1K G G G G 3 G II1

W 10A GAUGE A A G A A A A A A A A G R–L D R–L 1 5 1 2 1 1 8 2 G 6 3 3 9 W–G 3 9

E B B

E B

2

G

G

G

G

2 1D

40A AM1

1

D

12 6 H9 HAZARD SW

1 1B

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3

D

A13 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT

C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION

S4 SEAT HEATER SW (Front Passenger’ s Seat) B G

S3 SEAT HEATER SW (Driver’ s Seat) G B

A25 ABSORBER CONTROL SW 5

R2 RADIO AND PLAYER

O2 A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION [O/D MAIN SW] B G

R4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW B

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

1 F 2 D (* 1) B–R B B D TAIL 1 D (* 1) 2 2 6 3 3

1 A B B–R 15 B To A/C Control Assembly< 27–6 W–B W–B

B–R R–L G G–W R5 RHEOSTAT 7 R–L T 1 ILL– TC TR COMBINATION METER 8 B C8 B , C10 D IG G4 GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW B J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B–R W–B A A W–B Left kick panel

B–R

1 2

B–R

5

B

B

B

B

B–R

2 F

B–R

E

B

1

F6

A , F11

F

D B 1 II1

D B

D B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

100A ALT

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B B E A J5 C B C B C B B E A J18 A , J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B

W–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–G

A ,J6

A

6 1V B B A B 4 1H B B B A B A

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

IG

W–B

BATTERY

B

K

*2: w/o Moon Roof

*1: w/Moon Roof

R D8 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT FRONT RH R R–G 2 D7 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT FRONT LH R R–G 2 1 1

L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT R–Y 1 2

R–Y 2 R–G From Seat Position Control ECU< 15–2> From Theft Deterrent ECU <12–3> D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH R–G 1 D11 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH 9 IP1 R–W D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH 1 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH R–G 1 L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 7 IP1 1 A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B 3 1V 3 1F W–B W–B W–B W–B (* 1) B–G FL MAIN 3. 0W BATTERY Roof left BQ IF Cowl side panel LH Instrument panel brace LH II

17 IO2

J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

18 IO2

R 4 A

R–G J10 R–G A , J11 B From Theft Deterrent ECU< 12–2> From Automatic Light Control ECU< 10–2>

17 IE2

18 IE2

E A

E B

R A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G

E A

C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] R A 8 A 6 R–W

11 1H

R–W

1 1G

R–G

E B

R–G

7 1S

R–G

6

12 1S

R–B

Interior Light

J34 3 From Theft Deterrent ECU< 12–2>

A , J35

B R–W R–G

E B

D A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–W

D6 DIODE (Courtesy)

D A

4 1G

R–W

R

R

4

6 A

E A

7 1J

W–B

10

INTEGRATION RELAY

2 1F

R–W ON OFF 1 DOOR R I16 INTERIOR LIGHT R–W 2

2

I14

A

2

8 1G

R

R

P5

A , B

PERSONAL LIGHT

9 1S

R

R 1 2 1

W–B

V9 VANITY LIGHT RH R 1 2 W–B

1 1W

5 1F

R

R

R

2 1M

P ow er S ource

I12 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT R G–R 1 2

R

7. 5A DOME

1 1M

V8 VANITY LIGHT LH

1

F6 SHORT PIN

A ,F8

C

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 2A 1 C 1 A B

8 ES300

12 2J

2

1

2 B (* 2)

1 A (* 1)

1 B (* 2)

2 A (* 1)

D B

R–G

J34

A , J35

From Wireless Door Lock ECU< 11–7>

E B

D A

E A

R–W

R–W 1

R–G 2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G

From Theft Deterrent ECU<12–2>

E A

R–G

E A

B

R–Y

9 ES300

P ow er S ourc e T urn Sig nal an d H azard W arn ing Light 2
B

B ac k–U p Light 3 4

1

ACC B–Y 1 1K 1 2A

2 AM1

IG1 4

AM2 10A GAUGE 7. 5A TURN 10A HAZARD

IG2

G–R

2 1K W 6 2 TR LH OFF 5 RH 1 G–Y G–Y D D G–Y 6 1H 5 1A G–B 11 1S 8 1H 6 1S 2 1A D J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–Y G–B G–B 2 8 1V T6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER RELAY 3 1 3 G–B G–W G–R 4 1 2 TL TB TR TL B2 G–B H9 HAZARD SW 7 TB B1 F OFF ON C11 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]

W 2 1L R–L IK2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D F R–L A B 2 1 1J 3 2K J28 A , J29 B R–L A J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A 2 G–Y 10 1C 8 P1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] R–L R–B J31 B G–B B G–B 11 LH B 2 G–B J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–Y 3 IK3 D B 13 2 RH R–B A , J32 R–B B F A 1 15 W–B JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–Y 1 EB2 1 C C8 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER] W–B J28 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C 13 1S R15 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH G–Y W–B R14 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH G–B W–B 3 W–B A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W–B W–B 2 3 5 1V F3 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH G–B 2 F4 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH G–Y W–B A W–B J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Instrument panel brace LH II EC R–B Left radiator side support Left kick panel IG BP Back panel center EA Right radiator side support

ST2

I13 IGNITION SW

2

40A AM1

1

1 1B

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

1 F

1 A

B–R

B–R

2 F

B–R

F6

A ,F8

C

R–B

R–B

100A ALT

F11

F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

1

1

1 C

R7 BACK–UP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

3 W–B

3 W–B

R9 BACK–UP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

B–G

B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

W–B

BATTERY

A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar BN

10 ES300

P o w er S ourc e 2
L–W R L–W

A utomatic Ligh t C ontrol 3 4

Ligh t A uto T urn O ff

F uel Lid a nd Luggage C o mpa rtment D oor O p ener

1

ACC C B C B IG1 4 B–Y J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 1K A A 1 1W A , J35 B

2 AM1

L–W

12 2J 8 1G R 3 J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R A32 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR 1 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 B 7 BF

R L–W 10A GAUGE 15A ECU–IG See Headlight System<4–1>< 5–2> See Tillight System<6–1> A 8 1D A 2 B B–R 1 IG LF 2 LL 4 R–W T 7 6 R–L 10 R–B G–R R–G 5 3 6 I15 H CTY A

I13 IGNITION SW

W

F13 FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW

ÔÔÔ ÔÔÔ ÔÔÔ ÔÔÔ

7. 5A DOME B INTEGRATION RELAY 7 1S 1 IG1 B B W–B F R–L W–B J34 8 1J 7 1J 6 IF1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35 R–W B A F A OFF TAIL HEAD AUTO 16 A W–B H T EL R–B 12 G–R B C , See Interior Light System< 8–3> To Door Courtesy SW Front LH< 8–4 10 IG1 G–R 7 IJ1 LIGHT CONTROL SW 1 M 2 R–B F18 FUEL LID OPENER MOTOR C11 COMBINATION SW J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W–B W–B W–B From HEAD Relay < 4–2>< 5–2> From Taillight Relay < 6–1> J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A II Instrument panel brace LH Back panel center BP

1 1D

2 1K

2

2

BL 5 R 2 L1 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MAIN SW W–B 1 L–Y

25A DOOR

SHORT PIN

40A AM1

1

1

1 2A

4 1B

1 1B

B–R

B–R

B–R

1 C

W–B

1 A

B

1 F

B–R

2 F

B–R

L–W

F6

A ,F8

14 B T3 TSW A ,T4 TO 2 A B

1 A +B2 E 4 A

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

100A ALT

F11

F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

L

B–G

W–B A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A W–B A W–B

2 IF1 L

FL MAIN 3. 0W

1 M

BATTERY

L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR Left kick panel IG

K

11 ES300

(Cont. next page )

P ow er S ource 2
3 4 R

D o or Lock C ontrol

1

A B–R

B–R B–Y ACC L–W IG1 4 B–Y C B B–R J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10A GAUGE C A I14 7 INTEGRATION RELAY A 3 A 15A ECU–IG JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35 B J5 A ,J6 B B B B B 1 1K 8 1D

B–R

B

12 2J

R A A L–W 1 A B–R 17 A L–Y LG G L–Y 16 A 9 A 25 A L–B 12 A L–R 7 A E D A A A A E E LG LG C B L–Y L–B L–R L–Y C B L–Y G G B D D L–B L–R J10 A , J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A C A B A C A C A J12 A , J13 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR 12 IO2 13 IO2 12 IE2 13 IE2 C B L–B B B L–R C B B B LG LG G G C B–R 2 IF3 L–Y L–R 7 IF3 4 1 3 3 4 6 IF3 3 IP1 L–B L–Y 1 IP1 L–B 2 IP1 L–R L–B C L–R From Theft Deterrent ECU <12–3> LOCK 4 BQ1 5 BQ1 10 BQ1 4 BR1 L–Y L–B L–R L–Y 10 BR1 L–B 5 BR1 LOCK UNLOCK 3 IO1 7 IO1 L–B L–R 1 L–R D15 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT RH 2 1 2 3 1 M UNLOCK P9 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] 3 2 3 2 1 W–B W–B M M D17 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH 9 BQ1 W–B W–B 4 D18 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH 9 BR1 B W–B A W–B J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar BN Under the right center pillar BO W–B W–B B B W–B 20 IO2 IM Right kick panel IL Right kick panel W–B 4 4

2 AM1

I13 IGNITION SW

See Power Window System < 13–1>

W

L–W

7. 5A DOME

1 1D

2 1K

2

2

25A DOOR

40A AM1

Y

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

SHORT PIN

1

1

L–R

C

1 2A

4 1B

1 1B

B–R

B–R

B–R

1 C

1 A

B

1 F

B–R

2 F

B–R

J33 JUNCTION C CONNECTOR C

F6

A ,F8

Y

Y

100A ALT

F11

F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

11 IO2

Y

From Theft Deterrent ECU< 12–3>

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

W–B W–B D B J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B

BATTERY

E

K

8

13 IM3

IJ1

Y–B 2 3 3

LG W7 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK BUZZER VOLUME SW C A G–W

2

LG

9 IM3

2

IJ1

G

G

G

LG 2

1

BUZZER

W6 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK BUZZER

W ireles s D oo r Lo ck C ontrol

From Theft Deterrent ECU < 12–2> 2 IF2 G–W 2 L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW W–B A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A 1 W–B

A B

W8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU

J34 A , J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B 1

C A

5

B B

R–W 14

J10 A , J11 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR To Door Courtesy SW < 8–3>

7

B

B A

L–B 10

L–B

To Unlock Warning SW (Ignition Key)< 14–3>

A ,J6

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J5

J34 A , J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–W A B 8 15 R

A A

R–G 7

10 IG1

B B

B A

G–R 4

G–R

G–R

From Taillight Relay <6–1>

From Theft Deterrent ECU< 12–2>

From Theft Deterrent ECU< 12–3>

4 IO2

L–W A

L–W 2

LOCK W–B 1

7 1J

W–B

3 IO2

20 A

L A A

L

L 3 UNLOCK

10

L–W

R–G

L–W

D o or L ock Co ntrol

B

B

B

4 IE2

8 1G

18 A

B

B

R–G L–R B From Theft Deterrent ECU<12–2>

UNLOCK

F

F

INTEGRATION RELAY

11 IE2

5 A

L–R F F J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L–R

L–R 4

W–B 1 B B B

5

11 ES300(Cont’ d )

I14

A

8 IE1

11 A

L

L

L–B 3 M

3 IE1

L–R

L–R 2 D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

W–B

C

D

A

B

E

W–B

B–R

L–R

R

W–B

B

IE2

20

L–R

D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH

J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1 1W

3 IE2

19 A

R

R–G B B

R–G

R–G 3

1

W–B

B

1

J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2

W–B

1G

7

R

L–W

L–W

L–W

L–W

LOCK

1V

3

W–B

IF

Cowl side panel LH

6

D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH

L

A

II

W–B

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–R 13 R 11

L–R

Instrument panel brace LH

Left kick panel

IG

W–B

BP

G–W

G–W

Back panel center

8

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

14 B

TSW

DSWH

3 IM1

1 IJ1

4 B

1

6 A

IND

10 B

4 IJ1

From HORN Relay <14–4>

11 IG1

G–B B

G–B

HORN

R–Y

R–Y

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J10

7 IJ1

F A

T heft D eterren t S y stem

D B

8 A

From HEAD Relay<4–2> <5–3>

R–B

R–B

R–B

HEAD

4 A

A

9 A

DSWL

10 IG1

7 A

LSWR

G–R

G–R B

G–R B J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

TAIL

From Taillight Relay< 6–1>

10A HORN

LSWP

18 B

L–Y

6 IF2

3

5 B

From ST Relay <1–2>

W–B

SRLY

R–Y

R–Y

To Luggage Compartment Light SW< 8–4>

To Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH, RH< 11–2>

4 IM1

5 IJ1

3 2F

3 A

SH

W 2

W–L 1

W–L

W–L

B THEFT DETERRENT ECU

17 B

Y

To Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH< 11–4> To Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH <11–6> To Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH, RH<11–6>

UL2

L2

A A

A B

R

J5

A ,J6

B

11 B

+B1

R

6 B

T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN

8 B

L

L–W

R

SHORT PIN 1 2A 1 2

7. 5A DOME 1 1W 12 2J 8 1G R

A ,T 4

LSWD

7 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

UL3

R–G

To Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH <11–5> To Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH< 11–5>

B

T3

LUG

16 B

L–R

1 A

C

C

+B2

L–W J35 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 15A CIG 6 1K 1 1T

L–W

DSWP

9 B

2

G–W

To Luggage Compartment Door Key Unlock SW< 11–8>

1 B

R–G

To Door Courtesy SW Front RH< 8–3> To Door Courtesy SW Front LH, RH Rear LH, RH <8–3> To Door Courtesy SW Front LH <8–4> L–B B J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B To Unlock Warning SW (Ignition Key)<14–3>

CTY

DSWD

KSW

2 B

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

13 B

P–L A A

P–L

ACC

3 B

R–W

R–G

8 1D

1 1K

C A

B B

12 B

IG

L–R

B–Y

15A ECU–IG

ACC 3

IG1 4

J5 A ,J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

P ow er S ource

2 AM1

I13 IGNITION SW

F6 40A AM1

15 B

B–R

B–R

L–B

A ,F8

C , F11

F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 1B B–R B–R B–R

1

2 1K

2 F

W

2

1

1 1D

4 1B

1 F

L–W

B–R

B–R

12 ES300

25A DOOR 1 C 1 A B B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

BATTERY

100A ALT

A

IG

E

W–B

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

Left kick panel

To A/C Control Assembly< 27–8>

A , J11

2

EC

B

B

B

W–B

Left radiator side support

2 A

TO

See Fuel Lid and Luggage Compartment Door Opener System< 10–4>

E5 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW

4

13 ES300

Power Source P ow er W indow
2 3 4

1

L

R–B B–R

5 1G 10 IE1 1 L

4 1B

12 1G

ACC

2 AM1

IG1 4

25A DOOR

B–Y 30A POWER 2 BW DRIVER’ S 1 UP UP DOWN DOWN POWER RELAY R–B 2 PU 12 G–W 10 1 1D 7 1J L L 11 IE1 G–W 3 1S 13 1G 3 PD 5 R–L 5 FRONT PASSENGER’ S UP 7 P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

2 1K

W WINDOW LOCK SW 3 A W–B 6 A 1 A 1 R G W–B L–W L–W 6 13 E DU DD 5 IE1 R–L

I13 IGNITION SW

1 1K

REAR LH UP

REAR RH

DOWN

DOWN

10A GAUGE

2

40A AM1

RLU 10 G–Y

RLD 9 R–Y

RRU 11 G–B

RRD 14 R–B

I14

1

7

A

INTEGRATION RELAY

1 1B

7 IE1 G–Y

9 IE1 R–Y

6 IE1 G–B

12 IE1 R–B

6

1 F

1 A 20 IE2 W–B 5 B

B–R J34 L J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A B A A A , J35 B L JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B W–B 6 IO1 L 7 1G R G W–B 3 1V A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Instrument panel brace LH II Cowl side panel LH P6 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH IF W–B 1 M P10 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH 2

B–R

B–R

7 1S

B–R

2 F

B–R

L

10 IP1

2 IF2 L

5 IF2

6 IP1 G–B

8 IP1 R–B

L

G–Y

R–Y

F6

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

L

A , F11

See Interior Light System<8–2 <8–3

100A ALT

4 IO1 G–W

5 IO1 R–L

1 BQ1 L

2 BQ1 G–Y

3 BQ1 R–Y

1 BR1 L

2 BR1 G–B

3 BR1 R–B

F

4 SU

1 SD 5 B

4 SU

1 SD 5 B

4 SU

1 SD

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

DOWN

DOWN

DOWN

U 2 G 2 M

UP

UP

UP

D 3 R 1 P11 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH

U 2 G 2 M

D 3 R 1 P12 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH

U 2 G 2 M

D 3 R 1 P13 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH

P7 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH

P8 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RH

BATTERY

K

14 ES300

P ow er S ource
B B–Y R–B 1 2A 4 1B 1 1K 1 1 10A GAUGE 2 10A HORN 30A POWER 2 1 1 1D 2 1D R–L 7. 5A DOME J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D R–L 12 2J C7 A , C10 D J34 M2 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY C B 3 D JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35 5 1G A A 5 R–W R–B GND L–W 2 3 3 A 1 A 7 L R G R–L G–W W–B 2 9 7 4 3 5 1 3 1T LIMIT SW2 MOTOR– IG I14 LIMIT SW1 MOTOR+ 1 8 A G–W G–B B SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 2 3 25A DOOR SHORT PIN * 1 : w/ Driving Position Memory * 2 : w/o Driving Position Memory 2 B 3 4

M o on R oof

U nlock an d S eat B e lt W arning H orn

1

ACC

2 AM1

IG1 4

ST1

AM2

IG2

2 1K L–W

W D 10 2K R POWER RELAY A INTEGRATION RELAY 1 1W 1 A 7 1J A A 10 5 8 6 G–B G–B 6 LS2 LS1 5 1 2

ST2

5 HORN RELAY

I13 IGNITION SW

2

40A AM1

1 2F

1

1 1B

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

B–R

B–R

B–R

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–R

B–R

1 C 7 1J

M3 MOON ROOF MOTOR AND LIMIT SW

B M 3 1M 4 W–B W–B 3 W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Roof left Instrument panel brace LH II W–B BQ

1 F

2 F

5 1M

7 1D

4 1S R–Y (* 1)

7 1S 6

C12 HORN SW [COMB. SW]

100A ALT

G–W L–B L–B R–Y (*2) 5 BS2 R–B

1 R–Y (* 1) 1

1

1 A

F6

A ,F8

C , F11

F

To Theft Deterrent ECU < 12–4>

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

3 1F

1

U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (Ignition Key)

B4 BUCKLE SW

From Wireless Door Lock ECU< 11–7> From Theft Deterrent ECU< 12–1>

D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

B–G

1 2 W–B

H7 HORN LH W–B (* 1) 8 BS2 W–B (* 1) BN 2 W–B (*2)

H8 HORN RH

FL MAIN 3. 0W

3 1V

A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar

W–B

BATTERY

Cowl side panel LH

IF

15 ES300

P ow e r So urce
2 3 4

P ow er S eat(D river’ s Se at w / D riving P os ition M emory)

1

ACC B–R W–R B–Y 1 1K BR BR BR BR 1 4 1B 3 1W BR BR BR

2 AM1

IG1 4

BR

15A ECU–IG

30A POWER

7 2J 2 8 1D B–R W–R 1 V–W LG LG–B LG–R 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 1D 10 1V 2 2 2 2

W–R P28 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR(Driver’ s Seat Reclining Control) GR C L–W J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C W–R B–R V–W B B P29 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (Driver’ s Seat Slide Control) P26 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (Driver’ s Seat Front Vertical Control) V–W P27 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (Driver’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control) V–W J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (Driver’ s Seat) REAR VERTICAL FRONT VERTICAL RECLINING FRONT V–W 4 IF1 W–R L–W B–R 8 IF2 5 ID1 UP UP DOWN DOWN REAR RCLF RCLR V–W 1 G GR 5 G–B RDWN 3 G–W RUP 2 Y–G FDWW 9 L–R FUP 10 L–Y 3 BS2 LG LG–B LG–R L–W L–W W–R B–R 7 BS2 4 BS2 20 B IG GND 1 W–B R–G G–W G–W 7 A 21 B 8 B 22 B 2 A 1 A P DCTY STOP RCL– RCL+ RRV– 5 A +B SYSB SSRS SSFV 8 A 9 B 1 B 10 B 2 B SSRV RRV+ 6 A 4 B 3 B PVCC SSRR FRV– 9 A FRV+ 10 A 18 B RCLF 19 B RCLR SLD– 3 A 15 B 14 B RDWN SLD+ 4 A S14 A , S15 SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU 3 1 B RUP 17 B FDWN 16 B FUP 5 B REAR L R L–B R–L L–Y R–G R–B L–R 4 W–B 10 BS2 W–B R–G G–W G–W 2 BS2 1 BS2 2 3 S13 SEAT MEMORY SW L LG 8 BS2 1 W–B M 2 2 M 1 2 M 1 2 M 1 A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar BN From Park/Neutral Position SW< 3–4> To Door Courtesy SW Front LH< 8–3> From Stop Light SW <6–4> P20 POWER SEAT MOTER (Driver’ s Seat Reclining Control) P19 POWER SEAT MOTER (Driver’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control) P17 POWER SEAT MOTER (Driver’ s Seat Front Vertical Control) P21 POWER SEAT MOTER (Driver’ s Seat Slide Control)

10A ECU–B

2 1K

W

I13 IGNITION SW

BR

2

2

12 SLIDE

40A AM1

SHORT PIN

1

1

BR

REAR

FRONT

1 2A

1 1B

SLDF 8

SLDR 4 BR L L–B

B–R

B–R

1 C

FRONT

1 A

B

B–R

1 F

B–R

2 F

B–R

12 B SLDF SW1

13 B

11 B SLDR SGND BR BR SW2 6 B MMRY 7 B

100A ALT

P 4 2 1

V 1 MMRY 2

Y

F6

A ,F8

C ,

P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (Driver’ s Seat Lumber Support Control)

B–G

SET

F11

F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

9 BS2 E 2 BR BR

FL MAIN 3. 0W

1 P18 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat M Lumber Support Control) 2

BATTERY

Left kick panel

IH

K

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
S4 SEAT HEATER SW (Front Passenger’ s Seat) B 6 1 HI IG

S eat H eater

W–B

2

A

W–B E 2 S11 SEAT HEATER (Driver’ s Seat) L–Y HI 6 1 W–B 2

20A SEAT–HEATER

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4

W–B

A

2

4

1 1K

4 1T

II1

L

L

L 4

IG

W–B E 2

4

1 BT1

DOWN B–Y RDWN 2 P16 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (Front Passenger’ s Seat)

2

M

R

L–Y 1

P ow er S eat (Front P ass enger’ s S eat)

P23 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control) L–Y 3

UP REAR

RUP

RCLR

5

1

M

R–B

R–G 2

P24 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger’ s Seat Reclining Control) R–G 1

2 BT1

5 IP1

11

B

FRONT REAR

RCLF

L–W

L–W

L–W

SLDR

4

2

M

L–B

L 1

P25 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger’ s Seat Slide Control) L 8

3

FRONT DOWN

SLDF

FDWN

2

M

L–R 10

R–L 1

P22 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger’ s Seat Front Vertical Control) R–L J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 BS1 A BN Under the left center pillar BATTERY W–B W–B

FUP

UP

E

P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver’ s Seat)

DOWN RDWN 3

7

9

P o w er S eat(D river’ s S eat w /o D riving P os ition M emory)

2

M

R

L–Y 1

L–Y RUP UP REAR RCLR 5 2

P19 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

2

1

M

R–B

R–G 2

R–G 2 BS1 RCLF 8 IF2 L–W L–W L–W L–W 11 B FRONT REAR SLDR 4 1

P20 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Reclining Control)

2

M

L–B

L 1

30A POWER

P21 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Slide Control) L

SLDF

3 1D

4 1B

B–R

L–W

1

2

FRONT DOWN

8

B–Y

FDWN

2

M

L–R 9

R–L 1

ACC

IG1 4

IG2

Po w er S ource

ST2

I13 IGNITION SW

P17 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Front Vertical Control) R–L 10

UP

2 AM1

AM2

F6 40A AM1

A , F11

F FL MAIN 3. 0W

2 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK B–R 100A ALT

16 ES300

2 1K

1 1B

B–R

1 F

1 A

W

B–R

B–R

FUP

1

B–G

2

1

Right kick panel

S3 SEAT HEATER SW (Driver’ s Seat)

E

7

IM

W–B

W–B

W–B

BO

W–B

Under the rignt center pillar

L

IG

II1

S12 SEAT HEATER (Front Passenger’ s Seat) W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

Left kick panel

17 ES300

P ow e r S ou rce W iper and W as he r
2 3 4

R emote C ontrol M irror

1

ACC 3 L–R

L–R

2 AM1

IG1 4

B–Y

1 1K

6 1K

AM2 20A WIPER 15A CIG

IG2

ST2

2 1K J31 WF E B OFF INT A E A LOW HIGH L 2 WASHER WIPER RELAY 11 2 17 8 7 16 M 1 L–W 4 B A , J32 A EW +B +2 +1 +S INT1 INT2 B1

W 1 1T 1 1A P–L L C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR P–L B W2 WASHER MOTOR LEFT RIGHT UP DOWN L L–B L–Y L–O W–B 11 IM2 L–W A A A L MLH 9 10 MRH BR–R MLV 3 2 BR–Y MRV LG–B L J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 4 1 3 2 LG–B BR–R BR–Y LG–R BR–W W–B 4 2F M 10 2J W–B 1 W–B 16 IE2 BR–W 14 IE2 BR–Y 15 IE2 LG–R 16 IO2 BR–R 14 IO2 LG–B 3 2 1 3 5 W–B M M M M A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II Instrument panel brace LH F5 FRONT WIPER MOTOR R16 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH Left radiator side support EC

I13 IGNTION SW

4 1C

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2

40A AM1

1

R4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

L

1 1B

OPERATION SW

F6

1 F

1 A

B–R

LEFT/ UP

RIGHT/ DOWN

B–R

2 F

B–R

SELECT SW

M+ 7

E 8

A , F11

100A ALT

F C C C

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LG–R LG–R

B–G

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

15 IO2 LG–R 2 A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

BATTERY

W–B

R17 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

IG

Left kick panel

K

18 ES300

Po w er S ource
B–R B–R B–Y To Engine Control Module< 2–11> B–R B–Y 2 3 4

R ear W indow D efogg er and M irror H e ater R adiator F an and C on de nse r Fan

1

ACC

W 4 1B G–W 1 13 2J 1 1K

2 AM1

IG1 4

AM2 1 40A DEF 10A MIRROR– HEATER 2 2 30A RDI B–R 1

IG2

NOISE FILTER

15A ECU–IG

10A HEATER

2 1K

W 11 1J B–Y B–R 4 1D 5 1T 7 1J 3 1R 6 1A 2 B–Y B–Y B 6 2K 2 2B 5 IO2 B 5 4 1 FAN NO. 1 RELAY 2 3 5 IE2 J20 JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–B L–B 1 4

ST2

1

2

I13 IGNITION SW

40A AM1

30A CDS

2 2 2H

1

1 1B

B–R

W–B

ENGINE MAIN RELAY

To Engine Control Module < 2–11>

A2 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR B–R 2

B–R 5 3 2 1 13 1J 6 DEFOGGER RELAY 3 W–B B–R 2 2 2C 4 2F 6

M 1 1 2C G–W 3 L G–W L L L 1 2 L–W 5 IM1 L L 2 1 EA1 3 2 2F 7 2G G–W 1 2G

B–R

R16 MIRROR HEATER LH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH] B–Y

R17 MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH] B–Y

B–R

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

1 B

B–R 4 1 1L 12 1J 4 B B B B Y–G B B J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B W–B J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B W–B 20 IO2 8 ID1 20 IE2 B To A/C Control Assembly < 27–5> 7 1G 1 W–B W–B W–B C17 CHOKE COIL 3 1V A W–B J 15 J UNCTION CONNECTOR II Instrument panel bra ce LH Right kick panel IL IF Cowl s ide pa ne l LH

R

1 F

1 F

A4 A/C SINGLE PRES SURE SW

F6

A ,F7

1 2 2 M 1 IK1 2 L 1 1 1 1 5 1 B–R 1 W–R W5 WATER TEMP. S W NO. 2

1 3

1

100A ALT

F11

F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

1 A

4

FAN NO. 3 RELAY

FAN NO. 2 RELAY

To Diode (A/C) < 27–3

2 EA1 W–B B–R W–B W– B B–R W–B W–B

W4 WATER TEMP . SW NO. 1 L–W W–B

B–G

1 1 B–R

5 1 W–R 1 W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

BATTERY

EC

Left radiator side s upport

19 ES300

P ow er S ourc e A B S a nd Traction C on trol
2 R–L GR 3 GR–L 8 IM2 3 1 5 R–L 1 2 1 1K ABS SOL RELAY 4 IK3 R–L 3 3 3 GR–R W–R W–L GR–R 3 R–L W–B A7 ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR 4 A 2 A A ,A8 B W–B 3 3 4 2 3 ABS MOTOR RELAY 4 6 B–Y 3 4 3

1

ACC

2 AM1

IG1 4

To Data Link Connector 1 <2–4>

From Stop Light SW< 6–4>

To Data Link Connector 2 < 2–4>

To Data Link Connector 2 < 2–3>

2 1K

W

I13 IGNITION SW

2

2

G–W

R–Y

LG–R

LG–R

10A GAUGE

15A ECU–IG

60A ABS W–B 2 1D 1 A B–R R–L 9 1J D A M A J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D 1 B R–L 8 B 2 B 7 B 5 B 11 B 6 B 12 B 4 B 10 B 3 B 9 B 5 A 3 A GR R Y–B L–B B–Y R–B B–R W–L R–G Y–R B–R G–Y R–W W–R GR–R LG–B GR–L W–R 3 D C8 B , C10 8 B IG1 SMC2 SMC1 SRC2 SRC1 SRRR SRRH SFLR SFLH SRLR SRLH 6 C 12 C 4 C 5 C 7 C 8 C 1 C 2 C 12 A 25 A 26 A SFRR 13 A SFRH 10 A AST 14 A MT 1 A R+ 24 A MR 11 A SR SLIP ABS D COMBINATION METER 4 B IND 3 B A19 4 B 12 B 15 B 6 B 14 B 13 B 5 B WA WT NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC– A , A20 B , A21 C CSW 11 B LG FL+ 5 A R FL– 4 A G FR+ 17 A W LG G–B ABS AND TRACTION ECU 4 1 IM2 W–B C G–B 6 IM2 B L L G W LG BR–W G–B 18 IJ1 G–B G T5 TRAC OFF SW 1 8 1J W–B To Engine Control Module< 2–8> J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 1 G–B J8 J28 L A A JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B L G–B A A A , J29 B 7 1J W–B A B 2 R A ,J9 A 2 A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–B A A B J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR To Data Link Connector 2 < 2–3> To Data Link Connector 1 < 2–4> Instrument panel brace LH II W–B

40A AM1

11 IK3 LG–R

8 IK3

From Data Link Connector 1 < 2–4>

1

1

3

1 1B

B B B

F

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–L J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–Y R–Y F LG–R

To Absorber Control ECU< 22–3>

B–R

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

TRAC OFF

1 D

1 A

B–G

12 IM2

5 IM2

2 IM1

1 F

B–R

2 F

B–R

R–L

G–W

R–Y

LG–R

GR–R

6 A RRO

GR–L

19 A FRO

9 A TC

23 A TS

22 A D/G

16 B STP

6 D

7 D

100A ALT

FR– 18 A B

RL– 1 B G

RL+ 2 B R

RR+ 9 B W

RR– 10 B B

GND3 GND2 GND1 9 C W–B 10 C W–B 15 A W–B

L

F6

A ,F9

D ,

19 IJ1

12

IJ1

F11

F

9 ID1

3 ID1

3 IN1

9 IN1

W–B

B–G

L

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

C

B

R

FL MAIN 3. 0W

C

1

2 W–B

BATTERY

5 IK3

W–B 2 G 1

A34 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH

A33 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH

W–B

Right radiator side support

EB

EA

W–B

Right radiator side support

Right radiator side support

EB

Right radiator side support

EA

W–B

W

K

20 ES300

P ow er S ource ABS
2 3 4

1

ACC B–Y 8 IM2 B–Y R–L R–L IK3 R–L From Data Link Connector 1 < 2–4> 4

2 AM1

IG1 4

AM2 GR–R 1 1K

IG2

ST2 3 3 3

10A GAUGE

15A ECU–IG

2 1K 2 9 1J B–R 2 1D

W 3 1 4 5 To Data Link Connector 2 < 2–3> <2–4> To Data Link Connector 1 <2–4> ABS MOTOR RELAY ABS SOL RELAY 4 3 3 R–Y G–B LG–R R–L LG–R GR 3 3 A D 6 3 3 G W–L W–B W–R J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L R–L J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GR–L A 5 IK3 8 IK3 11 IK3 3 LG–R G–B To Absorber Control ECU< 22–3> From Stop Light SW< 6–4> D C C G–B 7 C G–B F B LG–R B F B 6 IM2 C10 ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–R G J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–Y R–Y G–B GR G–W GR–L GR–R GR–R 7 B 4 A WA SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH 11 B 21 B 22 B 5 B 12 B 16 B R SRLR AST MT 9 B A22 R–W A , A23 ABS ECU B B TS 8 A MR SFRH SFRR 4 B L–B R–B 1 B 10 B SFLH SR R+ IG1 GR–L 12 IJ1 18 B 8 B 2 A 9 A TC 11 A D/G RR– 7 A 12 A STP 15 B FRO RR+ 1 A 6 B RRO 20 B FL– RL– 10 A W–L G–Y R–G G W LG–B W–R W–R 1 A 5 A 3 A 7 A 4 A 8 A 2 A 6 A 5 B 3 B 9 IN1 M 3 IN1 9 ID1 G W B A5 ABS ACTUATOR W–B W–R W–L W–R W–B W–B 2 1 2 A ,A 6 B 4 B 2 B 1 B W–B A34 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH Right radiator side support EA EB Right radiator side support

I13 IGNITION SW

2

1

A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH 1 2

A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH 1 2

2

60A ABS

2

40A AM1

1

3

1

R

1 1B

B–G

W

B

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

1 F

1 A

B–R

1 IM2

R

B–G

2 F

B–R

B–R

1 D

19 B FL+ RL+ 3 A

14 B FR– GND 13 B GND 2 B

3 B FR+

F6

A ,F9

D ,

100A ALT

F11

F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

R

B–G

W–B

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

3 ID1

W–B R

BATTERY

1 A33 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH Right radiator side support

W–B

EA

W–B

EB

Right radiator side support

21 ES300

P ow e r S o urce
2 W R–L ACC 2 IK2 IG1 4 B–Y J28 R–L 1 1K F B A J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A R–L IG2 ST2 10A GAUGE 15A ECU–IG 1 1J JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J29 B D A R–L 3 4

C ruis e C on trol

1

7 1C

4 1B 2 1D D 3 1W W–R 10 B–R B–R L–B 10 1V 9 1J 2

W To Speedometer [Comb. Meter]<26–2> To Engine Control Module <3–2> <3–3> P1 D POSITION SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] Y–B L–R R–L 9 IK2 D B–R A J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B–R C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 3 D B B A V–W 7 IK2 J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10A ECU–B D W–R C7 B A L–B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–R R–L 1 BATT 9 6 ECT 13 IDL 14 OD 12 SPD 8 L A , C10 3 D D SHORT PIN PI 4 W–L 5 11 TC CMS CCS 10 W GND 16 W–B MO 15 R–G MC 7 R–B R–Y STP– 2 4 A O CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER] G–W LG–R A B J8 5 B B LG–R B 11 IK3 LG–R LG–R CMS CRUISE 4 CCS 1 2 3 5 IG2 D O D D A ,J9 A A B RES/ ACCEL A A W–B A A M JUNCTION CONNECTOR J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR O O C3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR SET/ COAST W–B 8 1J C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] 7 1J CANCEL W–B EP 3 W–B A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II Instrument panel brace LH To Data Link Connector 1 < 2–4> W–B 4 To Data Link Connector 2 < 2–3>< 2–4>

W

2 AM1

2 1K

2

AM2

15A STOP

40A AM1

1

I13 IGNITION SW

1 1B

W

B–R

1 F

B–R

7 2J

W–R

G–B

3

2

S10 STOP LIGHT SW

B–R

2 F

B–R

2

4

1 G–W

F6

A ,F8

100A ALT

R–Y

1

4 1R

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

C , F11

1 A

1 C

1 2A

5 1R

F

B

B–G

G–W

FL MAIN 3. 0W

A

J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

G–W

BATTERY

K

22 ES300

P ow er S ource E lec tric M o du lated S uspension
2 3 4

1

ACC

2 AM1

IG1 4

B–Y

From ABS ECU<20–3 From ABS and Traction ECU< 19–4>

1 1K

To Data Link Connector 1 < 2–>

To Data Link Connector 2 < 2–4>

I13 IGNITION SW

W–B 2 GND

From Engine Control Module<2–11>

15A ECU–IG

From Stop Light SW< 6–4>

B–R

LG–R

2 1K B B P GR–L G–W B–O B 22 TC FB– 10 R L L–W L–B 12 5 6 R–Y FA– RB– RB+ RA– 7 R–W TEM NEO STP RRO RA+ 8 L–R 4 14 26 18 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GR–R A A B–R R–Y LG–R B–R A 2 +B SS2 17 L–Y 16 13 11 B–R SS1 FA+ FB+ TS 19

W GR–R GR–L LG–R 11 IK3 6 IM3 1 IM3 A25 ABSORBER CONTROL SW A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU 20 FRO F E L–B L L–Y C F F C FSS 2 C L–W 2 IM3 7 IM3 L L–Y L–B 3 IM3 8 IM3 R L–W 6 ID1 4 ID1 R–W R–Y 10 ID1 2 ID1 R L–R 2 IN1 5 IN1 L L–Y L–B W–B C E C E D E F B B F E D D R E F R–Y B R–W R R–G J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 1 IG S6 STEERING SENSOR SS2 SS1 8 J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C L–W R R–Y L–R R–Y 5 2 3 1 5 2 3 1 4 5 2 3 4 5 A35 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR LH A36 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR RH A12 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT RH A11 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT LH 4 4 W–B A B W–B J8 A B A ,J9 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B Right radiator side support EA A A W–B 1 W–B 8 1J 7 1J W–B W–B A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar BN Under the right center pillar

9 1J

ECU1 1

ECU2 4

2

Y

V

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

40A AM1

21 SW1

3 SW2 GND 1 W–B

1

1 1B

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

1 F

L–R

R–W

1 A

B–R

B–R

2 F

B–R

F6

L–R

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

A , F11

100A ALT

6 IN1 1 IN1

R–W

F

2

3

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

1

W–B

W–B W–B

BATTERY

J15 JUNCTION A CONNECTOR A A W–B

BO

IM

Right kick panel

II

Instrument panel brace LH

23 ES300

P ow e r S ource 2
G R W–R

SRS 3 4

P ow er O utlet

C igarette Lighter an d C lock

1

ACC 3 L–R B–R W L–R W–R 2 AM1 IG1

G

R

GR

3 1K 3 1W 7 AM2 ST2 15A POWER– OUTLET 4 1N 5A IGN 15A CIG W–R W–R IG2 6 6 1K 2 1N 1 1W

R

W

5 1D 5 1K

G 7 2J I13 IGNITION SW GR

2 1K

12 2J

7. 5A PANEL B–O 5 1B 2 1G W–R W–R

5 1J

6 1J

1 1T

8 1G R

10A ECU–B

7. 5A DOME

P–L

2 4 2L IG2 ACC A29 AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY 15 16

3

2

J5

J12

8

A A A P–L V A

C10 SRS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

TAILLIGHT RELAY E1 10 7 6 3 2 9 8 D+ D– P+ P– E2 TC LA 5 30A AM2 P–B B–Y W–B B B W–B LG–R B LG–R A LG Y Y–B Y–R Y–G F6 A A A ,F8 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 1N 11 IK3 7 IK3 LG To Data Link Connector 2 < 2–4> C , F11 7 1J SPIRAL CABLE 1 2 W–B 1 2 LG–R F 3 1N 3 1V 4 1V To Data Link Connector 1 < 2–4 A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II W–B W–B A31 AIRBAG SQUIB (Steering Wheel Pad) Instrument panel brace LH A30 AIRBAG SQUIB (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) IF Cowl side panel LH

40A AM1

A ,J6

A , J13

2

A A

J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1

5

1

SHORT PIN

9 B–Y

B

B

A B

A B G R P–L 2 IG2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

6 1C

4 1B

1 1B

1

C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER

P4 POWER OUTLET

1 F

B–R

B–R

B–R

1 2A

2

2

1 B+ B–Y J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 4 ACC+ 4

3 C6 CLOCK ILL+ EARTH– 2

B

B–R

See Taillight System<6–1>

2 F

B–R

1 C

100A ALT

W–B

W–B

W–B

1 A

B–G

A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

FL MAIN 3. 0W

W–B

A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Instrument panel brace LH II IG Left kick panel

BATTERY

K

24 ES300

P ow er S ource
2 L–R ACC 3 L–R B–Y B IG1 4 3 4

C e llular M obile Te lephone

S hift Loc k

1

2 AM1

1 1K

1 2A

6 1K

15A ECU–IG

To A/C Control Assembly< 27–7>

2 1K PH+ P–L 2 1 PH–

W 5A TEL 15A CIG 8 1D 1 2J 1 1T See Radio and Player System< 25–4> A R L–R W G–B J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–R A 2 ID2 T7 C R L–R W G–B C 9 B +B IG GND 11 B 4 IF1 10 B 4 B 8 B 11 A 6 A 1 A 8 A 3 B 2 B 7 B 2 A 7 A HOOK GND2 PWR D2 D3 GND3 D1 TAF+ TAF– RAF+ RAF– RLO+ 5 A PH+ PH– TEL1 RLO+ RLI– MUTE RLO– 12 A 1 B 6 B 3 A 5 B 12 B 4 A B–R TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY A ,T8 B 3 ID2 4 ID2 1 ID2 5 IG P–L B–R B–R C 1 ACC 2 STP J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

I13 IGNITION SW C12 TELEPHONE MICROPHONE [COMB. SW]

2

40A AM1

G–W

From Stop Light SW < 6–4>

1

1 1B

B–R

B–R

B–R

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

F6

1 C B–R

1 A 2 A IG+ HOOK GND1 PWR D2 D3 1 A 1 B 2 B 4 B 5 B 6 B GND2 3 B D1

B B–R O W O BR B Y R GR (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) R–W B–R 7 B TAF+ 8 B RAF+ GND C15 A , C16 CELLULAR PHONE(HAND SET) W–B B 3 A A BN

1 F

2 F

A ,F8

W–B

E 3 W–B

KLS+ 4 L–B S5 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

See Radio and Player System<25–4

100A ALT

C , F11

F

5 IG1

W–B 8 1J L–B 2

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

7 1J A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar W–B 1 W–B A J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG Left kick panel A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II Instrument panel brace LH

K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID

A

W–B

BATTERY

25 ES300

P ow er S ourc e R adio and P layer
2 3 4

1

G–W (SHIELDED) L–R W B G 6 1K 5 1W R L–Y

ACC 3

2 AM1

IG1

I13 IGNITION SW R G–W W R R G B G W (SHIELDED) B

W

W

G–W

7. 5A RAD–NO. 2

11 2K L–Y GR +B 5 B GR BR L–Y A B A 12 8 C4 CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER 15 A 14 A ACC GND RR RL

1 2A L–Y GR

1 C L LG P V

1 A A C A A P V P V C C A

L–Y 4 9 B TX– BEEP 13 A TX+ GND 10 B 3 B 2 B CDL+ GND 12 A 3 1H MUTE R– R+ L– L+ TX+ TX– 6 1G 6 1 7 2 10 9 Y R W G B A S7 3 C ACC E 7 C 2 C 6 C 1 C 5 C FL+ FL– FR+ FR– +B WF+ 4 B WF– 5 B 4 C A ,S8 B ,S9 C 15 A RR RR+ 1 B 14 A RL 13 A 12 A BEEP SGND RR– 3 B STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER W R LG–R LG–B 9 IE2 1 IE2 9 IO2 1 IO2 9 IF1 8 IF1 4 IP1 11 IP1 L W LG P V R C C LG–R LG–B A A LG C W R LG L L 7 BR1 6 BR1 J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 F14 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH F16 FRONT TWEETER SPEAKER LH F15 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH F17 FRONT TWEETER SPEAKER RH W9 WOOFER SPEAKER R13 REAR DOOR SPEAKER RH Instrument panel brace RH

R2 7 B CDL– FR 7 A 1 B 6 B 4 B CDR+ CDR– MUTE FL 6 A MUTE 5 A GND 11 A ACC 3 A AMP+ 1 A

A ,R3

B RADIO AND PLAYER

2 1K +B 4 A TEL MUTE 10 A Y–B

2

40A AM1

20A RADIO NO. 1

J14 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L

W

B

B

R

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

BR

1

1 1B

BR 7 7 A FR RL+ 2 B 6 A FL 5 A MUTE RL– Y–B 6 B 11 A GND 3 A 1 A RACC AMP+ 4 A +B IF1

B

B–R

1 F

B–R B Y 10 IF1 11 IF1 B Y 5 B RLI+ RLO+ 5 A 12 B RLI– RLO– 12 A Y 6 BQ1 Y 1 4 A MUTE T7 A ,T 8 B TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY

2 F

F6

A ,F8

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

100A ALT

C , F11

F

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

BR

BATTERY 7 B BQ1

R10 REAR DOOR SPEAKER LH

IJ

B

2

K

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
(Cont. next page)

REAR LIGHT 2 B 10 A See Charging System < 1–4> See Charging System < 1–4>

CHARGE

7 A

See Taillight System < 6–4>

4

MALFANCTION INDICATOR LAMP 5 B See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System< 3–3>

O/D OFF 4 A See Cruise Control System< 21–2>

CRUISE 6 D

5 D

See Engine Control System < 2–2>

TRAC OFF 4 B

See ABS and Traction Control System< 19–1>

SLIP See ABS System< 20–2> See ABS and Traction Control System < 19–1> See Unlock and Seat Belt Warning System< 14–3> Right radiator side support BATTERY Instrument panel brace RH IJ 2 3 SE 1 A B–G FL MAIN 3. 0W V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (Combination Meter) 2 3 1 IG+ SI F19 FUEL SENDER 1 EE Rear side of surge tank EA D 7 D ABS 8 A COMBINATION METER SEAT BELT 5 IL1 3 B Y–B Y–B 1 O1 OIL PRESSURE SW 3 IM2 P–L 1 2 W–B W1 WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER Y–G 1 OIL P–L P–L

C ombination M ete r

3

A ,C8

B ,C 9

C , C10

WASHER LEVEL

10 D

6 IL1

3 A

Y–G

9 IJ1

C7

From Engine Control Module < 2–7> From A/C Control Assembly < 27–5>

WATER TEMP.

From Cruise Control ECU < 21–4>

13 A

6

IJ1

B–O

B–O

From Engine Control Module< 2–11>

V–W

V–W

V–W

13 D

BR BR 1 IF3 BR

2

TACHOMETER V–W V–W

C

C

3 IJ1

J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

10 C

C

C

FUEL J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4 IF3

12 D

G–W

G–W

FUEL

3 IF3

11 D

Y–R

Y–R

D

2 IL1

3 D

4 D

R–L D

P

P

SPEEDOMETER R–L

7 IL1

9 C

L

L

R–L ODO CPU J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L A A

B–Y

10A GAUGE IG1 4 ACC 2 IK2 1 1J D A F B R–L R–L 1

2 1D

1 1K

R–L

P ow er S ource

J28 I13 IGNITION SW

A , J29

B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR 40A AM1 B–R

F6

A , F11

F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 2 F

2 AM1

26 ES300

2 1K

1 1B

1 F

W

B–R

B–R

2

1

100A ALT

3 IL1

1 A

BR

BR

K

*2: Canada

2 D

*1: USA

See Illumination System <7–2> 1 D 8 B See Illumination System < 7–2> (* 2) TAIL (*2) 7 B See Headlight System < 4–3> (* 1) HEAD J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (*1) Left kick panel A 4 IK1 W–B 1 OIL TEMP. 2 W–B A A A A 1 J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–W (*2) P3 PARKING BRAKE SW II Instrument panel brace LH W–B W–B 8 1J W–B 1 16 B From Park/Neutral Position SW<1–2> 6 IG1 GR GR To Daytime Running Light Relay(Main)< 5–2> B1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW From Daytime Running Light Relay(Main) < 5–1> R–W 2 R–W B B (* 1) J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 1J J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG W–B A COMBINATION METER See SRS System < 23–3> See Interior Light System< 8–4> E6 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW OIL LEVEL DELAY 4 IL1 B–Y B–Y B BRAKE 3 IG2 9 A R–W R–W B R–W (* 2) 9 B L 10 B 15 B W–B 2 1 C See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System < 3–3>< 3–4> 7 2 C D D N R P TURN RH TURN LH 5 C See Headlight System < 4–3>< 5–3> HIGH BEAM 8 D 9 D SRS 6 8 C 6 C DOOR ENGINE OIL BLBE CHECK RELAY 7 C See Interior Light System< 8–4> See SRS System < 23–3> C7 A ,C8 B ,C9 C , C10 See Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light System<9–2>< 9–3> 5 3 C See Headlight System < 4–3> <5–3> 11 B 13 B 12 B 14 B

26 ES300(Cont’ d )

C ombination M ete r

27 ES300

)

(Cont. next page

P ow er S o urce
2 3 4 W–R B–Y ACC W 2 AM1 IG1 4 1 1K

A utom atic Air C on ditioning

1

A

I13 IGNITION SW L–B L–B L–B 2 1W 1 1 L–B 4 HTR RELAY 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 9 2C B–W 5 2K B B L–W L–W L–R W–B MG CLT RELAY 5 1 5 L–B 1 1 1 3 1R

10A HEATER

W–R

2 1K

W L–W 1 EB1 L–R 1 IH1 B–W L L–R 5 IH1 B–Y 3 1 2 EB2 L–W 3 2 L–R B2 BLOWER MOTOR 2 1 B–W M

B

L–B

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

W–R

B A J20 A , J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B L–B L–B B

2

10 1V

40A AM1

1

3 1W

B L–W 7 L–Y IM2

W–R

1 1B

C L–Y

B–R

7 2J

D

L–B

B–R

B–R

K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

F6 10A ECU–B 4 A13 A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER 2 W–B 1 W–B W–B W–B 2 IH1 W–B W–B A A A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B EC W–B W–B II Instrument panel brace LH Left radiator side support

B–W

1 F

2 F

1 E

D2 DIODE(A/C) B–W

A ,F8

2 1

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

50A HTR

100A ALT

B3 BLOWER RESISTOR

C , F10

SHORT PIN

B–W

E

1

E , F11

1 A

1 C

1 2A

2 Y–W

From FAN NO. 3 Relay< 18–3>

B–G

F

B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

Y–W

6 IH1

B–W

F W–B

G L–B

H W–B

BATTERY

I W–B

J

27 ES300(Cont’ d )

A utomatic A ir C onditioning
6 B–R From Rheostat < 7–2> A14 25 A A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TELI SECU TC 24 A 5 A A , A15 B From Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay< 24–3> From Theft Deterrent ECU < 12–4> L–R R–Y 7 8

5

A

W–R

Y–G

From Defogger Relay < 18–2>

13 A

23 A

B

RDFG

IG+ SPD 6 A 7 A 7 B 4 A 17 A 18 A 19 A 20 A 9 A 8 A 11 A 5 B 8 B 3 B 4 B 6 B V–W AIR

HR

MGCR LOCK

BLW

PSW

AIF

TPI

FACE

B/L

FOOT

F/D

DEF

AMH

AMC

S5

TS

TP

TAM

TR

TE

SG 1 A

TW2 14 B

ACT 10 B

AC1 13 B

IGN 16 A

GND 14 A

26 A

10 A

2 B

3 A

16 B

9 B

15 A

L

W

P

Y

B–L

G–Y

B–Y

G–R

L–R

L–O

L

W–R

L–W

L–W

P–L

R

L–Y

B–W

W–L

L–W

L–B L 8 IG1 11 IM3 6 7 W 3 5 Y To Speedometer [Comb. Meter]< 26–2> 2 2 2 L L M J18 A B A , J19 A B 1 A17 A/C SOLAR SENSOR 1 W–R L 1

L–B

L–Y

B–O

B–Y

LG–B

V

A18 A/C THERMISTOR

2

A16 A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR

A1 A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR

B

L–B

1 W–R W–R

To Engine Control Module< 2–7>

From Engine Control Module< 2–11>

C B C A L C A 1 W–R

L–W

9 IG1 L

10 IM3

From Engine Control Module< 2–7>

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

D

L–Y

9 IM2

12 IM3

A26 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

W–R

W–R

W–B

W–R

W–R

W–R

L–W B–L L

B–W L–O L–R

W–L A28 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 4 B/L FOOT F/D DEF 5 6 7 8 VENT

L

B–Y

L–B

W–R

E

B–W

1

4

1

J20

D B L B–Y P W–R G–R A , J21

D B

D B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR M

2

1

4

3

5 B

E A

E A

E A W–R

A4 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

2 A CONTROL CIRCUIT B

W–R

W–R

WARM

F

B–W

4

G L–B 2 IG

W–B

M

10 IM2

COOL

A27 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

H W–B 1 GND

L–B

W–R

I W–B W–R

W–B

J

W–B

K